* lisp/progmodes/verilog-mode.el (verilog-mode): Don't set
[emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
blobf0a08998d968c481eec3796ad1126eb53e4d5a10
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (21040 17194 398147 0))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
10 Play 5x5.
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
16 \\<5x5-mode-map>
17 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
18 Move up \\[5x5-up]
19 Move down \\[5x5-down]
20 Move left \\[5x5-left]
21 Move right \\[5x5-right]
22 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
23 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
24 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
25 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
26 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
27 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
28 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
29 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
30 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
31 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
33 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
35 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
38 \(fn)" t nil)
40 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
43 \(fn)" t nil)
45 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
48 \(fn)" t nil)
50 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
52 Mutate the result.
54 \(fn)" t nil)
56 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
64 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
66 ;;;***
68 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (20998 4934
69 ;;;;;; 952905 0))
70 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
72 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
73 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
74 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
75 extensions.
76 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
77 the file name.
79 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
81 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
82 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
84 \(fn)" t nil)
86 ;;;***
88 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (20709 26818
89 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
90 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
92 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
93 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
95 \(fn)" t nil)
97 ;;;***
99 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (21024 28968
100 ;;;;;; 738399 0))
101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
103 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
104 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
105 Completion is available.
107 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
109 ;;;***
111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (20992 52525 458637
112 ;;;;;; 0))
113 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
115 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
117 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
118 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
119 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
120 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
121 outside a function.")
123 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
126 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
129 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
131 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
132 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
133 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
134 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
135 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
136 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
138 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
140 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
141 Prompt for a change log name.
143 \(fn)" nil nil)
145 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
146 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
148 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
149 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
150 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
151 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
153 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
154 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
155 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
157 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
158 current buffer to the complete file name.
159 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
161 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
163 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
164 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
165 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
166 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
168 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
169 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
171 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
173 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
174 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
175 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
177 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
178 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
179 after a comma on an existing line.
181 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
182 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
183 the same person.
185 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
186 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
187 notices.
189 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
190 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
192 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
194 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
195 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
196 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
197 the change log file in another window.
199 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
201 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
202 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
203 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
204 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
205 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
206 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
208 \\{change-log-mode-map}
210 \(fn)" t nil)
212 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
213 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
215 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
216 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
218 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
219 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
220 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
221 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
222 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
224 Has a preference of looking backwards.
226 \(fn)" nil nil)
228 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
229 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
230 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
231 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
232 or a buffer.
234 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
235 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
237 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
239 ;;;***
241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (21032 23080
242 ;;;;;; 765139 0))
243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
245 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
246 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
247 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
248 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
249 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
250 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
251 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
252 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
253 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
254 interpreted as `error'.")
256 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
258 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
259 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
260 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
261 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
262 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
263 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
264 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
265 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
267 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
269 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
270 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
272 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
274 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
275 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
277 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
279 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
280 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
282 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
283 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
284 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
285 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
286 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
288 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
289 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
290 the new one.
292 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
293 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
294 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
295 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
296 mapped to the closest extremal position).
298 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
299 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
300 the cache-id will clear the cache.
302 See Info node `(elisp)Computed Advice' for detailed documentation.
304 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
306 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
307 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
308 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
309 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
310 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
311 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
312 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
313 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
314 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
315 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
316 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
317 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
318 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
319 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
320 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
321 definition will always be cached for later usage.
323 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
325 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
326 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
327 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
329 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
330 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
331 BODY...)
333 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
334 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
335 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
336 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
337 see also `ad-add-advice'.
338 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
339 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
340 before/around/after-advices will be used.
341 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
342 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
343 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
344 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
345 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
346 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
348 Semantics of the various flags:
349 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
350 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
351 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
353 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
354 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
356 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
357 advised function should be compiled.
359 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
360 during activation until somebody enables it.
362 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
363 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
364 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
365 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
367 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
368 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
369 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
370 BODY...)
372 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
374 (put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
376 (put 'defadvice 'lisp-indent-function '2)
378 ;;;***
380 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (21012 37798 962028 0))
381 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
383 (autoload 'align "align" "\
384 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
385 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
386 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
387 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
388 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
389 rule's `separate' attribute).
391 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
392 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
393 `separate' attribute set.
395 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
396 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
397 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
398 on the format of these lists.
400 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
402 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
403 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
404 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
405 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
407 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
408 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
410 Fred (123) 456-7890
411 Alice (123) 456-7890
412 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
413 Joe (123) 456-7890
415 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
416 using a REGEXP like \"(\". Interactively, all you would have to do is
417 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
419 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
420 whitespace of the form \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)\". In normal interactive use,
421 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
422 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
423 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
425 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
426 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
427 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
428 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
429 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
430 throughout the line.
432 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
434 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
435 (align-regexp (point-min) (point-max) \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)(\")
437 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
438 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
440 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
442 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
443 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
444 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
445 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
446 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
447 align that section.
449 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
451 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
452 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
453 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
454 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
455 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
456 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
457 been used to align that section.
459 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
461 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
462 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
463 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
464 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
465 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
466 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
467 to be colored.
469 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
471 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
472 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
474 \(fn)" t nil)
476 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
477 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
479 \(fn)" t nil)
481 ;;;***
483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (20996 49577 892030 0))
484 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
485 (push (purecopy '(allout 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
486 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
487 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
489 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
491 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
493 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
494 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
496 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
497 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
499 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
500 `allout-auto-activation'.
502 \(fn)" nil nil)
504 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
505 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
507 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
508 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
509 file variable `allout-layout'.
511 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
512 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
513 specified layout is applied.
515 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
516 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
518 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
519 Auto-layout is not.
521 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
523 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
525 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
527 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
529 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
531 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
533 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
535 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
537 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
539 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
541 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
543 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
545 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
547 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
549 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
551 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
553 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
555 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
557 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
558 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
560 \(fn)" nil t)
562 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
563 Toggle Allout outline mode.
564 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
565 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
566 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
568 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
569 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
570 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
571 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
572 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
573 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
574 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
575 outline.)
577 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
579 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
580 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
581 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
582 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
583 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
584 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
585 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
586 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
588 and many other features.
590 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
591 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
592 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
593 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
594 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
596 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
597 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
598 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
599 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
600 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
601 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
602 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
603 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
604 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
605 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
607 Exposure Control:
608 ----------------
609 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
610 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
611 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
612 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
613 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
615 Navigation:
616 ----------
617 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
618 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
619 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
620 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
621 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
622 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
623 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
624 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
625 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
626 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
629 Topic Header Production:
630 -----------------------
631 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
632 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
633 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
635 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
636 ---------------------------------
637 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
638 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
639 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
640 current topic
641 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
642 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
643 are alternated according to nesting depth.
644 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
645 the offspring are not affected.
646 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
648 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
649 ----------------------------------
650 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
651 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
652 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
653 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
654 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
655 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
656 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
657 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
659 Topic-oriented Encryption:
660 -------------------------
661 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
662 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
664 Misc commands:
665 -------------
666 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
667 and establish a default file-var setting
668 for `allout-layout'.
669 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
670 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
671 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
672 buffer with name derived from derived from that
673 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
674 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
675 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
676 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
677 format.
678 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
679 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
680 auto-activation.
682 Topic Encryption
684 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
685 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
686 pending encryption on save.
688 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
689 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
690 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
691 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
692 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
694 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
695 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
696 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
697 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
698 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
699 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
700 signal.
702 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
703 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
704 for details.
706 HOT-SPOT Operation
708 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
709 navigation and exposure control.
711 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
712 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
713 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
714 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
715 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
717 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
718 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
719 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
720 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
721 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
723 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
724 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
725 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
726 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
727 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
728 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
729 at the beginning of the current entry.
731 Extending Allout
733 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
734 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
735 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
737 `allout-mode-hook'
738 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
739 `allout-mode-off-hook'
740 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
741 `allout-structure-added-functions'
742 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
743 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
744 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
745 `allout-post-undo-hook'
747 Terminology
749 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
751 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
752 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
753 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
754 CURRENT ITEM:
755 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
756 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
757 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
758 called the:
759 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
761 ANCESTORS:
762 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
763 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
764 of the ITEM.
765 OFFSPRING:
766 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
767 SUBTOPIC:
768 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
769 CHILD:
770 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
771 SIBLINGS:
772 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
774 Topic text constituents:
776 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
777 text.
778 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
779 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
780 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
781 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
782 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
783 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
784 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
785 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
786 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
787 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
788 the PREFIX.
790 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
791 of the ITEM.
792 PREFIX-LEAD:
793 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
794 It can be customized by changing the setting of
795 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
797 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
798 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
799 program code without interfering with processing of the text
800 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
801 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
802 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
803 docstring for more detail.
804 PREFIX-PADDING:
805 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
806 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
807 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
808 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
809 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
810 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
811 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
812 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
813 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
814 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
815 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
816 more details.
817 EXPOSURE:
818 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
819 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
820 CONCEALED:
821 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
822 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
824 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
825 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
826 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
828 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
830 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
832 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
833 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
835 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
836 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
838 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
840 ;;;***
842 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (20996
843 ;;;;;; 49577 892030 0))
844 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
845 (push (purecopy '(allout-widgets 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
846 (let ((loads (get 'allout-widgets 'custom-loads))) (if (member '"allout-widgets" loads) nil (put 'allout-widgets 'custom-loads (cons '"allout-widgets" loads))))
848 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
849 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
851 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
853 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
855 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
856 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
858 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
859 visiting an outline.
861 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
862 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
864 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
865 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
866 you want allout widgets operation.
868 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
870 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
872 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
874 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
875 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
876 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
877 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
878 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
880 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
881 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
882 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
884 The graphics include:
886 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
888 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
889 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
891 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
892 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
894 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
895 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
896 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
898 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
900 ;;;***
902 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (21032 23080 765139
903 ;;;;;; 0))
904 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
906 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
908 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
909 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
910 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
911 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
912 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
913 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
915 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
917 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
920 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
922 ;;;***
924 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (20709 26818 907104
925 ;;;;;; 0))
926 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
928 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
929 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
930 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
931 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
932 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
933 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
934 in the current window.
936 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
938 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
939 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
940 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
941 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
942 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
943 buffer if one does not exist.
945 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
947 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
948 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
949 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
950 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
951 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
953 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
955 ;;;***
957 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (20975 43430 521692
958 ;;;;;; 0))
959 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
960 (push (purecopy '(ansi-color 3 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
961 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
962 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
964 \(fn)" t nil)
966 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
967 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
969 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
970 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
971 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
972 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
974 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
975 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
977 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
979 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
981 ;;;***
983 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (21022
984 ;;;;;; 34805 522289 827000))
985 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
986 (push (purecopy '(antlr-mode 2 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
987 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
988 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
989 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
990 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
991 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
992 \\[yank].
994 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
995 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
996 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
997 the rules.
999 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
1000 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1001 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1002 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1004 \(fn)" t nil)
1006 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1007 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1009 \(fn)" t nil)
1011 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1012 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1013 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1015 \(fn)" nil nil)
1017 ;;;***
1019 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (20992 52525 458637
1020 ;;;;;; 0))
1021 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1023 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1024 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1025 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1026 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1027 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1028 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1030 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1032 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1033 Toggle checking of appointments.
1034 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1035 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1037 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1039 ;;;***
1041 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (20991 31656 363459
1042 ;;;;;; 0))
1043 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1045 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1046 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1047 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1048 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1050 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1051 kind of objects to search.
1053 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1055 (autoload 'apropos-user-option "apropos" "\
1056 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1057 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1058 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1059 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1060 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1062 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1063 variables, not just user options.
1065 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1067 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1068 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1069 When DO-NOT-ALL is not-nil, show user options only, i.e. behave
1070 like `apropos-user-option'.
1072 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-NOT-ALL)" t nil)
1074 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1076 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1077 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1078 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1079 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1080 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1081 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1083 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1084 noninteractive functions.
1086 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1087 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1089 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1090 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1092 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1094 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1095 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1097 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1099 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1100 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1101 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1102 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1104 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1105 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1106 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1107 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1109 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1110 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1112 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1114 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1116 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1117 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1118 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1119 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1120 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1122 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1124 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1125 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1126 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1127 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1128 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1129 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1131 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1132 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1133 names and values of properties.
1135 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1137 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1139 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1140 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1141 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1142 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1143 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1144 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1146 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1147 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1148 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1149 documentation strings.
1151 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1153 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1155 ;;;***
1157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (21040 17194 398147
1158 ;;;;;; 0))
1159 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1161 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1162 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1163 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1164 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1165 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1166 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1168 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1169 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1170 archive.
1172 \\{archive-mode-map}
1174 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1176 ;;;***
1178 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (21040 17194 398147 0))
1179 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1181 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1182 Major mode for editing arrays.
1184 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1185 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1186 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1188 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1190 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1191 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1192 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1194 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1195 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1196 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1197 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1198 The variables are:
1200 Variables you assign:
1201 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1202 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1203 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1204 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1205 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1206 row numbers in the buffer.
1208 Variables which are calculated:
1209 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1210 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1212 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1213 take a numeric prefix argument):
1215 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1216 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1217 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1218 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1220 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1221 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1222 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1223 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1225 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1226 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1227 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1228 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1230 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1231 between that of point and mark.
1233 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1234 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1236 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1237 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1238 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1239 newlines inside rows)
1241 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1243 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1245 \(fn)" t nil)
1247 ;;;***
1249 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (20891 18859
1250 ;;;;;; 893295 0))
1251 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1252 (push (purecopy '(artist 1 2 6)) package--builtin-versions)
1253 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1254 Toggle Artist mode.
1255 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1256 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1257 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1259 How to quit Artist mode
1261 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1264 How to submit a bug report
1266 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1269 Drawing with the mouse:
1271 mouse-2
1272 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1273 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1274 below).
1276 mouse-1
1277 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1278 or pastes:
1280 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1281 --------------------------------------------------------------
1282 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1283 to new point
1284 --------------------------------------------------------------
1285 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1286 --------------------------------------------------------------
1287 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1288 --------------------------------------------------------------
1289 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1290 --------------------------------------------------------------
1291 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1292 --------------------------------------------------------------
1293 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1294 --------------------------------------------------------------
1295 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1296 --------------------------------------------------------------
1297 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1298 --------------------------------------------------------------
1299 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1300 lines
1301 --------------------------------------------------------------
1302 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1303 --------------------------------------------------------------
1304 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1305 --------------------------------------------------------------
1306 Paste Paste Paste
1307 --------------------------------------------------------------
1308 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1309 --------------------------------------------------------------
1311 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1312 or diagonally.
1314 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1315 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1316 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1317 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1318 poly-lines.
1320 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1321 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1322 overwrite means the opposite.
1324 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1325 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1326 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1328 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1330 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1331 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1333 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1334 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1335 are currently drawing something.
1337 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1338 some time to fill.
1341 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1342 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1345 Settings
1347 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1349 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1351 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1353 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1355 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1356 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1358 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1361 Drawing with keys
1363 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1364 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1365 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1366 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1367 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1368 When pasting: Pastes
1370 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1372 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1374 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1375 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1376 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1377 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1378 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1379 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1382 Arrows
1384 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1385 of the line/poly-line
1387 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1388 of the line/poly-line
1391 Selecting operation
1393 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1395 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1396 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1397 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1398 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1399 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1400 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1401 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1402 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1403 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1404 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1405 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1406 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1407 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1408 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1409 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1410 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1411 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1412 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1413 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1414 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1417 Variables
1419 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1420 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1422 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1423 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1424 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1425 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1426 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1427 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1428 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1429 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1430 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1431 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1432 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1433 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1434 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1435 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1436 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1437 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1438 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1439 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1440 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1442 Hooks
1444 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1447 Keymap summary
1449 \\{artist-mode-map}
1451 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1453 ;;;***
1455 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (20709 26818
1456 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
1457 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1459 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1460 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1461 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1463 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1464 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1465 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1466 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1468 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1469 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1471 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1472 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1474 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1476 Special commands:
1477 \\{asm-mode-map}
1479 \(fn)" t nil)
1481 ;;;***
1483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el" (20953
1484 ;;;;;; 16424 151515 0))
1485 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1487 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1488 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1489 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1490 let-binding.")
1492 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1494 ;;;***
1496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (21056 5418 85093 0))
1497 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1499 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1500 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1501 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1503 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1505 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1506 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1507 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1508 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1509 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1511 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1512 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1513 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1514 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1515 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1516 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1517 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1518 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1520 For example:
1521 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1522 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1523 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1524 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1525 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1527 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1529 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1531 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1532 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1533 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1534 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1535 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1536 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1538 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1540 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1541 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1542 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1543 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1544 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1546 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1547 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1548 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1550 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1552 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1554 ;;;***
1556 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (20874 62962
1557 ;;;;;; 290468 0))
1558 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1560 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1561 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1563 \(fn)" t nil)
1565 ;;;***
1567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (21056 5418 85093
1568 ;;;;;; 0))
1569 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1571 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1572 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1573 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1575 \(fn)" t nil)
1577 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1578 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1579 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1580 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1582 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1584 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1585 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1586 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1587 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1588 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1589 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1591 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1593 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1594 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1595 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1596 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1597 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1599 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1600 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1602 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1604 ;;;***
1606 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (20974
1607 ;;;;;; 22577 548213 0))
1608 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1610 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1612 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1614 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1615 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1616 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1618 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1619 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1620 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1621 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1622 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1624 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1626 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1628 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1629 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1630 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1631 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1632 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1634 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1635 directory or directories specified.
1637 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1638 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1639 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1640 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1641 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1642 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1644 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1646 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1647 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1648 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1649 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1650 should be non-nil).
1652 \(fn)" nil nil)
1654 ;;;***
1656 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (21041 38058 75002
1657 ;;;;;; 0))
1658 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1660 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1661 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1662 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1663 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1664 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1666 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1667 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1668 disk changes.
1670 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1671 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1672 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1674 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1676 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1677 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1679 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1680 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1682 \(fn)" nil nil)
1684 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1685 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1686 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1687 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1688 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1690 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1691 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1692 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1693 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1694 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1696 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1697 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1698 writing before you save the file!
1700 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1702 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1704 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1705 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1707 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1708 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1710 \(fn)" nil nil)
1712 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1713 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1714 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1715 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1716 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1717 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1719 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1721 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1722 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1723 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1724 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1725 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1727 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1728 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1729 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1731 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1732 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1733 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1734 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1735 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1737 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1738 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1739 specifies in the mode line.
1741 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1743 ;;;***
1745 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (21028 26023 305371 0))
1746 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1748 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1749 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1750 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1751 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1752 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1754 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1756 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1757 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1758 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1759 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1761 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1762 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1763 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1765 Effects of the different modes:
1766 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1767 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1768 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1769 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1770 a random distance & direction.
1771 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1772 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1773 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1775 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1777 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1778 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1779 definition of \"random distance\".)
1781 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1783 ;;;***
1785 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (21024 28968
1786 ;;;;;; 738399 0))
1787 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1789 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(bat\\|cmd\\)\\'" . bat-mode))
1791 (autoload 'bat-mode "bat-mode" "\
1792 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1794 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1795 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1796 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1798 \\{bat-mode-map}
1800 \(fn)" t nil)
1802 ;;;***
1804 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (20791 9657 561026 0))
1805 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1806 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1808 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1809 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1810 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1811 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1813 \(fn)" t nil)
1815 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1816 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1817 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1818 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1819 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1820 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1822 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1824 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1825 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1826 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1827 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1828 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1830 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1831 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1832 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1833 seconds.
1835 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1837 ;;;***
1839 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (20709
1840 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
1841 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1843 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1844 Time execution of FORMS.
1845 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1846 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1847 FORMS once.
1848 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1849 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1850 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1852 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1854 (put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1856 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1857 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1858 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1859 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1860 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1862 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1864 (put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1866 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1867 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1868 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1869 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1870 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1872 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1874 ;;;***
1876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (21036 20141
1877 ;;;;;; 396718 0))
1878 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1880 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1881 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1882 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1883 of corresponding buffers.
1884 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1885 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1886 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1887 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1888 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1890 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1891 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1892 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1894 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1896 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1897 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1899 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1901 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1902 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1903 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1904 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1906 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1907 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1908 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1909 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1910 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1912 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1913 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1916 Special information:
1918 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1920 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1921 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1922 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1923 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1924 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1925 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1926 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1927 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1928 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1929 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1930 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1932 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1933 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1934 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1935 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1936 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1937 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1938 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1939 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1941 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1943 ----------------------------------------------------------
1944 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1945 if that value is non-nil.
1947 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1949 \(fn)" t nil)
1951 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1952 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1953 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1954 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1955 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1956 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1957 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1958 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1959 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1960 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1961 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1962 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1964 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1966 ;;;***
1968 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1969 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
1970 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1972 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1973 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1975 \(fn)" t nil)
1977 ;;;***
1979 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (20709 26818 907104
1980 ;;;;;; 0))
1981 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1983 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1984 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1986 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1987 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1988 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1990 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1992 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1993 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1995 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1997 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1998 Binhex decode region between START and END.
2000 \(fn START END)" t nil)
2002 ;;;***
2004 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (21040 17194
2005 ;;;;;; 398147 0))
2006 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2008 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
2009 Play blackbox.
2010 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2012 What is blackbox?
2014 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2015 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2016 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2017 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2018 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2019 your score.
2021 Overview of play:
2023 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2024 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2025 four.
2027 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2028 movement keys.
2030 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2031 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2033 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2034 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2036 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2037 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2038 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2039 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2040 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2041 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2043 Details:
2045 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2047 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2048 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2049 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2050 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2052 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2053 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2054 denoted by the letter `R'.
2056 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2057 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2058 denoted by the letter `H'.
2060 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2061 example.
2063 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2064 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2065 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2066 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2067 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2068 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2069 ray.
2071 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2072 degree deflection it causes.
2075 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2076 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2077 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2078 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2079 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2080 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2081 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2082 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2085 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2086 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2089 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2090 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2091 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2092 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2093 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2094 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2095 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2096 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2098 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2099 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2100 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2101 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2102 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2103 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2104 emerging from the box.
2106 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2108 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2109 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2110 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2111 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2112 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2113 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2114 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2115 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2117 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2118 a reflection.
2120 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2122 ;;;***
2124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (21040 17194 398147
2125 ;;;;;; 0))
2126 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2127 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2128 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2129 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2131 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2132 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2133 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2134 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2135 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2136 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2137 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2139 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2140 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2141 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2143 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2144 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2145 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2146 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2147 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2148 recent one.
2150 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2151 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2152 yank successive words.
2154 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2155 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2156 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2157 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2158 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2160 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2161 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2162 the list of bookmarks.)
2164 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2166 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2167 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2168 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2169 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2170 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2171 this.
2173 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2174 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2175 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2176 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2178 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2179 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2181 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2182 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2183 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2185 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2187 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2188 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2190 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2192 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2193 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2195 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2196 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2197 after a bookmark was set in it.
2199 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2201 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2202 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2204 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2205 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2207 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2209 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2211 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2212 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2213 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2214 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2216 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2217 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2218 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2220 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2221 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2222 name.
2224 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2226 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2227 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2228 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2230 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2231 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2232 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2233 this.
2235 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2237 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2238 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2240 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2241 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2242 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2243 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2244 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2245 probably because we were called from there.
2247 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2249 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2250 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2251 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2253 \(fn)" t nil)
2255 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2256 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2257 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2258 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2259 \(second argument).
2261 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2262 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2263 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2264 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2265 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2267 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2268 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2269 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2270 `bookmark-default-file'.
2272 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2274 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2275 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2276 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2277 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2278 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2279 while loading.
2281 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2282 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2283 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2284 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2285 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2286 explicitly.
2288 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2289 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2290 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2291 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2293 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2295 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2296 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2297 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2298 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2299 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2301 \(fn)" t nil)
2303 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2305 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2307 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2308 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2310 \(fn)" t nil)
2312 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2314 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2316 ;;;***
2318 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (21032 23080
2319 ;;;;;; 765139 0))
2320 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2322 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2323 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2324 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2325 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2327 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2328 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2329 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2330 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2331 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2333 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2335 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2336 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2337 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2338 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2339 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2340 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2342 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2344 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2345 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2346 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2347 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2348 narrowed.
2350 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2352 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2353 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2355 \(fn)" t nil)
2357 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2358 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2360 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2362 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2363 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2364 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2365 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2366 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2367 first, if that exists.
2369 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2371 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2372 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2373 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2374 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2376 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2378 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2379 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2380 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2381 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2382 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2383 to use.
2385 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2387 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2388 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2389 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2390 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2392 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2394 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2395 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2396 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2397 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2399 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2400 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2401 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2402 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2404 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2405 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2406 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2408 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2409 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2411 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2413 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2414 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2415 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2416 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2418 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2419 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2420 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2421 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2423 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2424 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2425 new tab in an existing window instead.
2427 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2428 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2430 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2432 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2433 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2434 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2435 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2436 Firefox.
2438 When called interactively, if variable
2439 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2440 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2441 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2442 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2444 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2445 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2446 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2448 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2449 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2451 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2452 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2453 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2454 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2455 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2456 URL in a new window.
2458 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2460 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2461 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2462 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2463 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2464 Chromium.
2466 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2468 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2469 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2470 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2471 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2473 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2474 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2475 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2476 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2478 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2479 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2480 new tab in an existing window instead.
2482 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2483 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2485 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2487 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2488 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2490 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2492 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2493 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2494 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2495 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2497 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2498 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2499 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2500 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2502 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2503 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2505 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2507 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2508 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2510 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2511 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2512 program is invoked according to the variable
2513 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2515 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2516 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2517 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2518 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2520 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2521 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2523 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2525 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2526 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2527 Default to the URL around or before point.
2529 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2530 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2531 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2533 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2534 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2535 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2536 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2538 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2539 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2541 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2543 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2544 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2545 Default to the URL around or before point.
2547 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2548 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2549 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2551 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2552 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2554 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2556 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2557 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2558 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2559 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2561 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2563 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2564 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2565 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2566 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2567 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2568 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2570 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2572 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2573 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2574 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2575 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2576 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2578 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2579 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2580 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2581 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2583 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2584 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2586 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2588 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2589 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2590 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2591 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2592 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2593 current one.
2595 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2596 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2597 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2598 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2600 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2601 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2603 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2605 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2606 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2607 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2608 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2609 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2610 don't offer a form of remote control.
2612 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2614 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2615 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2616 Default to the URL around or before point.
2618 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2620 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2621 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2622 Default to the URL around the point.
2624 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2625 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2627 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2628 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2630 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2632 ;;;***
2634 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (20992 52525 458637 0))
2635 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2636 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2637 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2638 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2639 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2640 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2642 \(fn)" t nil)
2644 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2645 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2646 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2647 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2649 \(fn)" t nil)
2651 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2652 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2654 \(fn)" t nil)
2656 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2657 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2658 \\<bs-mode-map>
2659 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2660 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2661 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2662 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2664 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2665 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2666 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2667 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2668 name of buffer configuration.
2670 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2672 ;;;***
2674 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (21041 38058 75002
2675 ;;;;;; 0))
2676 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2678 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2679 Play Bubbles game.
2680 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2681 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2682 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2683 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2684 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2685 columns on its right towards the left.
2687 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2688 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2689 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2690 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2692 \(fn)" t nil)
2694 ;;;***
2696 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2697 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
2698 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2700 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2702 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2703 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2704 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2705 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2706 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2708 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2710 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2711 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2713 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2715 ;;;***
2717 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (21024
2718 ;;;;;; 55496 462544 366000))
2719 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2720 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2721 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2722 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2724 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2726 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2727 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2728 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2729 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2730 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2731 else the global value will be modified.
2733 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2735 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2736 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2737 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2738 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2739 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2740 else the global value will be modified.
2742 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2744 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2745 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2746 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2748 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2750 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2751 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2752 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2753 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2755 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2756 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2757 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2758 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2759 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2760 before scanning it.
2762 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2763 that already has a `.elc' file.
2765 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2766 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2768 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2769 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2770 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2771 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2772 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2773 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2775 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2777 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2778 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2779 Print the result in the echo area.
2780 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2782 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2784 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2785 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2786 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2788 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2790 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2791 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2792 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2793 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2794 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2795 all functions called by those functions.
2797 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2798 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2799 cons, etc.).
2801 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2802 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2803 invoked interactively.
2805 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2807 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2808 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2809 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2810 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2812 \(fn)" nil nil)
2814 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2815 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2816 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2817 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2818 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2819 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2820 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2821 already up-to-date.
2823 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2825 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2826 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2827 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2828 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2830 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2831 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2832 and corresponding effects.
2834 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2836 ;;;***
2838 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (21023
2839 ;;;;;; 8104 618865 0))
2840 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2842 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2844 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2846 ;;;***
2848 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (20709 26818
2849 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
2850 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2852 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2854 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2856 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2858 ;;;***
2860 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (20709
2861 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
2862 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2864 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2865 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2866 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2867 from the cursor position.
2869 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2871 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2873 ;;;***
2875 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (21040 17194 398147 0))
2876 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2877 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2879 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2880 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See \\[calc-dispatch-help] for details.
2882 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2884 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2885 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2887 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2889 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2890 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2892 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2894 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2895 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2897 \(fn)" t nil)
2899 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2900 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2901 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2902 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2904 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2906 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2907 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2908 This is most useful in the X window system.
2909 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2910 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2912 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2914 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2915 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2916 See calc-keypad for details.
2918 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2920 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2921 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2923 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2925 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2926 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2928 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2930 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2931 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2933 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2935 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2936 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2937 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2939 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2941 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2942 Define Calc function.
2944 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2945 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2946 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2948 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2949 actual Lisp function name.
2951 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2953 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
2955 (put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2957 ;;;***
2959 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (20709 26818
2960 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
2961 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2963 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2966 \(fn N)" t nil)
2968 ;;;***
2970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (21031 2230 839140
2971 ;;;;;; 0))
2972 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2974 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2975 Run the Emacs calculator.
2976 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2978 \(fn)" t nil)
2980 ;;;***
2982 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (20993 36675
2983 ;;;;;; 840108 928000))
2984 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2986 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2987 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2988 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2989 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2990 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2991 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2993 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2994 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2995 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2996 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
2997 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
2998 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
2999 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3000 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3001 window.
3003 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3004 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3006 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3007 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3008 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3009 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3010 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3011 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3013 Runs the following hooks:
3015 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3016 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3017 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3018 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3020 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3022 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3024 ;;;***
3026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (20709 26818 907104
3027 ;;;;;; 0))
3028 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3030 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3031 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3033 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3035 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3036 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3037 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3038 it fails.
3040 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3042 ;;;***
3044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el" (20709
3045 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
3046 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
3048 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
3049 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
3050 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Capitalized Words mode if ARG
3051 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
3052 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3054 Capitalized Words mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When
3055 enabled, a word boundary occurs immediately before an uppercase
3056 letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
3057 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
3058 restriction to ASCII.
3060 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
3062 capitalizedWorDD
3063 ^ ^ ^^
3065 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
3066 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
3067 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
3069 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
3070 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
3071 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
3072 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
3073 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
3074 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
3075 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
3077 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
3078 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
3080 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3082 ;;;***
3084 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (20709
3085 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
3086 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3087 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3089 ;;;***
3091 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (21063
3092 ;;;;;; 65063 266334 0))
3093 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3095 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3096 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3098 \(fn)" nil nil)
3100 ;;;***
3102 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (20709 26818
3103 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
3104 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3106 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3107 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3109 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3110 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3112 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3113 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3115 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3117 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3118 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3119 made from scratch.
3121 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3123 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3124 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3126 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3127 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3128 made from scratch.
3130 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3132 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3133 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3135 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3137 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3138 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3139 made from scratch.
3141 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3143 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3144 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3146 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3147 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3148 made from scratch.
3150 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3152 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3153 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3155 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3157 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3158 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3159 made from scratch.
3161 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3163 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3164 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3166 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3167 variables are guessed:
3169 * `c-basic-offset', and
3170 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3171 `c-offsets-alist'.
3173 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3174 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3176 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3177 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3179 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3180 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3181 guess is made from scratch.
3183 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3184 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3186 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3188 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3189 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3190 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3191 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3193 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3194 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3195 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3197 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3199 ;;;***
3201 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (21040 17194
3202 ;;;;;; 398147 0))
3203 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3205 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3206 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3207 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3208 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3209 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3210 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3211 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3213 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3214 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3215 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3216 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3217 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3218 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3219 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3220 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3221 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3223 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3224 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3225 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3226 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3227 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3228 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3230 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3232 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3233 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3235 Key bindings:
3236 \\{c-mode-map}
3238 \(fn)" t nil)
3240 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3241 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3242 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3243 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3244 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3245 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3246 message.
3248 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3250 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3251 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3253 Key bindings:
3254 \\{c++-mode-map}
3256 \(fn)" t nil)
3257 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3259 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3260 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3261 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3262 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3263 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3264 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3265 message.
3267 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3269 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3270 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3272 Key bindings:
3273 \\{objc-mode-map}
3275 \(fn)" t nil)
3276 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3278 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3279 Major mode for editing Java code.
3280 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3281 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3282 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3283 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3284 message.
3286 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3288 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3289 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3291 Key bindings:
3292 \\{java-mode-map}
3294 \(fn)" t nil)
3295 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3297 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3298 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3299 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3300 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3301 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3302 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3303 message.
3305 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3307 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3308 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3310 Key bindings:
3311 \\{idl-mode-map}
3313 \(fn)" t nil)
3314 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3315 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3317 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3318 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3319 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3320 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3321 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3322 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3323 message.
3325 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3327 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3328 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3330 Key bindings:
3331 \\{pike-mode-map}
3333 \(fn)" t nil)
3334 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3335 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3336 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3337 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3338 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3340 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3341 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3342 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3343 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3344 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3345 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3347 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3349 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3350 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3352 Key bindings:
3353 \\{awk-mode-map}
3355 \(fn)" t nil)
3357 ;;;***
3359 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (20709
3360 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
3361 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3363 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3364 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3365 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3366 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3368 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3370 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3371 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3372 might get set too.
3374 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3375 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3376 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3377 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3378 in this way.
3380 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3381 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3382 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3383 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3384 a null operation.
3386 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3388 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3389 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3390 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3391 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3393 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3395 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3396 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3397 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3399 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3401 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3402 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3403 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3404 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3405 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3407 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3409 ;;;***
3411 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (20907 7082
3412 ;;;;;; 901087 0))
3413 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3414 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3415 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3416 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3418 ;;;***
3420 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (20884 7264 412929
3421 ;;;;;; 442000))
3422 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3424 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3425 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3427 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3429 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3430 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3432 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3434 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3435 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3437 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3438 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3439 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3440 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3441 execution.
3443 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3445 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3447 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3448 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3450 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3451 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3452 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3453 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3455 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3456 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3457 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3458 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3459 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3460 `write' commands.
3462 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3463 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3464 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3465 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3467 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3468 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3469 semantics.
3471 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3473 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3475 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3477 STATEMENT :=
3478 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3479 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3481 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3482 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3483 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3484 | integer
3486 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3488 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3489 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3490 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3492 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3493 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3494 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3496 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3497 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3499 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3500 BREAK := (break)
3502 REPEAT :=
3503 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3504 (repeat)
3505 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3506 ;; (repeat))
3507 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3508 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3509 ;; (read REG)
3510 ;; (repeat))
3511 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3512 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3513 ;; (read REG)
3514 ;; (repeat))
3515 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3517 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3518 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3519 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3520 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3521 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3522 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3523 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3524 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3525 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3526 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3527 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3528 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3529 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3530 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3531 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3532 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3534 WRITE :=
3535 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3536 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3537 ;; representation.
3538 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3539 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3540 ;; (write r7))
3541 | (write EXPRESSION)
3542 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3543 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3544 ;; representation.
3545 | (write integer)
3546 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3547 ;; buffer.
3548 | (write string)
3549 ;; Same as: (write string)
3550 | string
3551 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3552 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3553 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3554 ;; representation.
3555 | (write REG ARRAY)
3556 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3557 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3558 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3559 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3560 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3561 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3563 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3564 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3566 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3567 END := (end)
3569 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3570 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3571 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3573 ARG := REG | integer
3575 OPERATOR :=
3576 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3577 + | - | * | / | %
3579 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3580 | & | `|' | ^
3582 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3583 | << | >>
3585 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3586 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3587 | <8
3589 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3590 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3591 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3592 | >8
3594 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3595 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3596 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3597 | //
3599 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3600 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3602 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3603 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3604 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3605 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3606 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3607 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3608 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3609 | de-sjis
3611 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3612 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3613 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3614 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3615 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3616 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3617 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3618 ;; byte of SJIS.
3619 | en-sjis
3621 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3622 ;; Same meaning as C code
3623 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3625 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3626 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3627 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3628 | <8=
3630 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3631 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3632 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3634 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3635 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3636 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3637 | //=
3639 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3642 TRANSLATE :=
3643 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3644 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3645 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3646 LOOKUP :=
3647 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3648 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3649 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3650 MAP :=
3651 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3652 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3653 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3654 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3655 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3656 MAP-ID := integer
3658 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3660 (put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3662 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3663 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3664 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3665 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3666 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3667 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3669 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3671 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3672 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3673 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3675 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3677 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3679 ;;;***
3681 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (21032 23080
3682 ;;;;;; 765139 0))
3683 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3685 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3686 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3687 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3688 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3690 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3692 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3694 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
3695 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
3697 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3699 ;;;***
3701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (20983 37555 279226
3702 ;;;;;; 0))
3703 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
3704 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
3705 ;;;***
3707 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (20958 34345
3708 ;;;;;; 952538 0))
3709 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3710 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3711 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3712 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3713 There are no special keybindings by default.
3715 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3716 to the action header.
3718 \(fn)" t nil)
3720 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3721 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3722 There are no special keybindings by default.
3724 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3725 to the action header.
3727 \(fn)" t nil)
3729 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3730 Choose between `cfengine2-mode' and `cfengine3-mode' depending
3731 on the buffer contents
3733 \(fn)" nil nil)
3735 ;;;***
3737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (21049 14338
3738 ;;;;;; 391345 0))
3739 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
3740 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3741 ;;;***
3743 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
3744 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
3745 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3747 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3748 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3749 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3751 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3753 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3754 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3755 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3757 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3759 ;;;***
3761 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (20996
3762 ;;;;;; 49577 892030 0))
3763 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3764 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)(put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3765 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3766 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3767 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3768 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3769 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3770 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3771 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3773 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3776 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3777 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3778 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3780 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3781 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3782 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3783 the users will view as each check is completed.
3785 \(fn)" t nil)
3787 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3788 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3789 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3790 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3791 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3792 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3793 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3794 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3796 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3798 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3799 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3800 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3801 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3802 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3803 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3804 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3805 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3807 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3809 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3810 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3811 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3812 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3813 spacing are all verified.
3815 \(fn)" t nil)
3817 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3818 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3819 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3820 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3821 otherwise stop after the first error.
3823 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3825 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3826 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3827 Only documentation strings are checked.
3828 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3829 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3830 a separate buffer.
3832 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3834 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3835 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3836 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3837 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3838 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3840 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3842 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3843 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3844 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3845 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3846 if there is one.
3848 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3850 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3851 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3852 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3853 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3854 if there is one.
3855 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3857 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3859 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3860 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3861 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3863 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3865 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3866 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3867 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3868 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3869 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3871 \(fn)" t nil)
3873 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3874 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3875 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3876 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3877 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3878 space at the end of each line.
3880 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3882 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3883 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3884 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3885 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
3887 \(fn)" t nil)
3889 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3890 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3891 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3892 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3894 \(fn)" t nil)
3896 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3897 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3898 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3899 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3901 \(fn)" t nil)
3903 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3904 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3905 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3906 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3908 \(fn)" t nil)
3910 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3911 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3912 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3913 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3915 \(fn)" t nil)
3917 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3918 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3919 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3920 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3922 \(fn)" t nil)
3924 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3925 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3926 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3927 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3929 \(fn)" t nil)
3931 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3932 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3933 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3934 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3936 \(fn)" t nil)
3938 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3939 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3940 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3941 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3943 \(fn)" t nil)
3945 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3946 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3947 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3948 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
3949 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3951 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3952 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3953 checking of documentation strings.
3955 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3957 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3959 ;;;***
3961 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (20799
3962 ;;;;;; 169 640767 0))
3963 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3965 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3966 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3967 Return the length of resulting text.
3969 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3971 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3972 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3974 \(fn)" t nil)
3976 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3977 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3978 Return the length of resulting text.
3980 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3982 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3983 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3985 \(fn)" t nil)
3987 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3990 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
3992 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
3995 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
3997 ;;;***
3999 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (21040 17194 398147
4000 ;;;;;; 0))
4001 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4003 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4004 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4005 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4006 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4007 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4008 editing and the result is evaluated.
4010 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4012 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4013 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4014 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4015 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4016 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4018 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4020 \(fn)" t nil)
4022 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4023 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4024 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4025 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4026 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4028 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4029 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4030 \\{command-history-map}
4032 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4033 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4035 \(fn)" t nil)
4037 ;;;***
4039 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (20879
4040 ;;;;;; 27694 495748 0))
4041 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4043 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4044 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4045 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4046 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4047 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4048 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4049 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4050 of this function.
4052 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4053 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4054 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4055 property are:
4057 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4058 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4060 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4061 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4062 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4063 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4064 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4065 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4066 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4067 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4068 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4069 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4070 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4071 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4073 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4074 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4075 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4077 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4078 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4079 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4080 list elements are:
4082 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4084 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4086 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4088 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4089 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4091 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4092 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4094 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4095 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4096 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4097 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4098 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4099 value specified by their associated list element.
4101 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4103 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4104 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4105 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4107 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4108 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4109 * indent the first argument by 4.
4110 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4111 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4112 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4114 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4116 ;;;***
4118 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (20998 4934
4119 ;;;;;; 952905 0))
4120 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4121 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4122 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4124 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4125 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4126 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4127 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4128 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4129 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4131 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4132 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4134 (define-error 'cl-assertion-failed (purecopy "Assertion failed"))
4136 (autoload 'cl--defsubst-expand "cl-macs")
4138 (put 'cl-defun 'doc-string-elt 3)
4140 (put 'cl-defmacro 'doc-string-elt 3)
4142 (put 'cl-defsubst 'doc-string-elt 3)
4144 (put 'cl-defstruct 'doc-string-elt 2)
4146 ;;;***
4148 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (20709 26818
4149 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
4150 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4152 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4153 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4154 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4155 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4157 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4158 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4159 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4160 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4162 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4163 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4165 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4167 ;;;***
4169 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (20932 61699 522706
4170 ;;;;;; 0))
4171 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4173 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4174 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4175 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4176 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4177 of `scheme-program-name').
4178 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4179 it is given as initial input.
4180 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4181 discards input when it starts up.
4182 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4183 is run).
4184 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4186 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4188 ;;;***
4190 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (20721 17977 14204 0))
4191 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4193 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4194 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4195 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4196 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4198 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4199 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4201 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4202 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4203 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4205 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4207 ;;;***
4209 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (21040 17194 398147 0))
4210 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4212 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4213 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4214 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4215 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4216 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4217 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4218 functions have already modified the buffer.
4220 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4222 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4223 either globally or locally.")
4225 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4226 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4227 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4228 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4230 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4231 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4232 `start-file-process'
4233 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4234 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4235 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4237 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4238 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4240 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4242 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4244 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4246 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4247 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4248 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4249 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4250 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4251 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4252 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4253 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4254 process as its initial input.
4256 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4258 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4260 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4262 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4263 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4264 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4265 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4266 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4267 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4269 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4271 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4272 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4273 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4274 directory tracking functions.")
4276 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4277 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4278 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4280 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4282 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4284 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4285 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4286 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4288 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4290 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4292 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4293 Send COMMAND to current process.
4294 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4295 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4297 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4299 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4300 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4301 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4302 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4304 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4306 ;;;***
4308 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (20992 52525
4309 ;;;;;; 458637 0))
4310 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4312 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4313 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4314 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4315 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4317 This command pushes the mark in each window
4318 at the prior location of point in that window.
4319 If both windows display the same buffer,
4320 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4321 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4323 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4324 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4325 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4326 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4327 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4328 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4329 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4330 ignored.
4332 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4333 this command work in interlaced mode:
4334 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4335 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4336 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4338 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4340 ;;;***
4342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (21002 1963
4343 ;;;;;; 769129 0))
4344 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4346 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4347 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
4349 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4351 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4352 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
4353 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
4355 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4357 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4358 Number of lines in a compilation window.
4359 If nil, use Emacs default.")
4361 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4363 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4364 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4365 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4366 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4367 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4369 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4370 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4371 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4372 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4373 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4375 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4376 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4377 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4378 describing how the process finished.")
4380 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4381 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4382 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4383 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4384 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4386 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4387 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4388 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4390 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4392 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4393 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4394 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4395 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4397 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4399 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4400 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4402 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4403 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4405 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4406 (lambda ()
4407 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4408 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4409 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4410 (concat \"make -k \"
4411 (if buffer-file-name
4412 (shell-quote-argument
4413 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))")
4415 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4416 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4418 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4419 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4420 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4421 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4423 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4425 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4426 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4427 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4428 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4430 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4431 and move to the source code that caused it.
4433 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4434 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4436 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
4437 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses`compile-command'.
4438 With prefix arg, always prompts.
4439 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4440 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4442 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4443 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4444 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4445 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4447 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4448 kills its subprocesses.
4450 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4451 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4452 to a function that generates a unique name.
4454 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4456 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4457 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4458 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4459 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4461 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4462 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4464 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4465 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4466 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4467 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4469 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4470 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4471 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4473 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4475 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4477 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4478 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4479 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4480 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4481 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4483 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4485 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4487 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4489 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4491 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4492 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4493 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4494 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4495 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4497 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4498 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4499 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4500 See `compilation-mode'.
4502 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4504 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4505 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4506 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4507 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4508 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4510 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4511 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4512 `compilation-mode'.
4514 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4516 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4517 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4518 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4520 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4522 ;;;***
4524 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (20999 25770 522517
4525 ;;;;;; 0))
4526 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4528 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4529 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4530 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4531 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4532 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4533 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4535 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4537 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4538 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4539 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4540 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4541 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4543 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4545 ;;;***
4547 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (20791
4548 ;;;;;; 9657 561026 0))
4549 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4551 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4552 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4553 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4554 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4555 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4556 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4557 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4559 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4560 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4561 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4563 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4564 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4565 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4567 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4568 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4569 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4570 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4572 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4573 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4574 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4575 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4576 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4577 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4578 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4580 \\{conf-mode-map}
4582 \(fn)" t nil)
4584 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4585 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4586 Comments start with `#'.
4587 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4589 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4591 \[Desktop Entry]
4592 Encoding=UTF-8
4593 Name=The GIMP
4594 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4595 Name[cs]=GIMP
4597 \(fn)" t nil)
4599 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4600 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4601 Comments start with `;'.
4602 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4604 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4606 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4607 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4608 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4610 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4611 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4613 \(fn)" t nil)
4615 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4616 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4617 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4618 between `/*' and `*/'.
4619 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4621 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4622 // another kind of comment
4623 /* yet another */
4625 name:value
4626 name=value
4627 name value
4628 x.1 =
4629 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4630 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4632 \(fn)" t nil)
4634 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4635 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4636 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4637 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4638 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4639 `conf-space-keywords'.
4640 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4641 in an interactive fashion instead.
4643 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4645 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4647 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4648 image/png png
4649 image/tiff tiff tif
4651 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4652 class desktop
4653 # Standard multimedia devices
4654 add /dev/audio desktop
4655 add /dev/mixer desktop
4657 \(fn)" t nil)
4659 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4660 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4661 See `conf-space-mode'.
4663 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4665 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4666 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4667 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4668 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4670 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4672 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4673 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4675 \(fn)" t nil)
4677 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4678 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4679 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4680 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4682 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4684 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4685 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4687 \(fn)" t nil)
4689 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4690 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4691 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4692 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4694 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4696 *background: gray99
4697 *foreground: black
4699 \(fn)" t nil)
4701 ;;;***
4703 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (20932 61824 204300
4704 ;;;;;; 748000))
4705 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4707 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4708 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4709 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4710 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4711 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
4712 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
4714 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
4716 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4717 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4718 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4719 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4721 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4723 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4724 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4725 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4726 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4728 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4730 ;;;***
4732 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (21041
4733 ;;;;;; 38058 75002 0))
4734 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4735 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4736 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4737 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4739 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4740 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4741 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4742 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4743 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4744 following the copyright are updated as well.
4745 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4746 interactively.
4748 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4750 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4751 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4752 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4753 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4754 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4756 \(fn)" t nil)
4758 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4759 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4761 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4763 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4764 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4765 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4767 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4769 ;;;***
4771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (21041
4772 ;;;;;; 38058 75002 0))
4773 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4774 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4775 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4776 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4777 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4778 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4779 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4780 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4782 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4783 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4784 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4785 Tab indents for Perl code.
4786 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4787 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4789 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4790 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4791 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4792 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4793 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4794 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4795 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4796 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4797 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4798 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4799 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4800 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4802 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4804 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4805 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4807 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4809 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4810 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4811 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
4812 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4813 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4814 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4815 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4816 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4817 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4819 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4821 bite if angry;
4823 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4824 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4825 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4826 to nil.)
4828 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4829 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4830 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4832 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4834 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4835 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4836 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4837 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4838 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4840 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4842 if (A) { B }
4844 into
4846 B if A;
4848 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4850 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4851 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4852 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4853 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4854 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4855 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4856 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4857 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4858 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4859 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4860 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4861 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4862 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4864 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4865 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4866 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4867 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4868 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4869 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4871 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4872 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4873 man via menu.
4875 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4876 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4877 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4878 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4879 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4881 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4882 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4883 span the needed amount of lines.
4885 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4886 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4887 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4888 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4890 Variables controlling indentation style:
4891 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4892 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4893 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4894 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4895 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4896 `cperl-auto-newline'
4897 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4898 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4899 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4900 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4901 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4902 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4903 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4904 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4905 `cperl-indent-level'
4906 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4907 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4908 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4909 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4910 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4911 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4912 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4913 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4914 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4915 `cperl-brace-offset'
4916 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4917 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4918 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4919 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4920 `cperl-label-offset'
4921 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4922 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4923 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4925 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4926 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4927 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4928 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4929 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4930 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4932 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4933 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4934 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4935 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4937 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4938 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4939 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4940 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4941 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4942 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4943 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4945 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4946 column 0 is indented on
4947 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4949 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4950 with no args.
4952 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4953 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4954 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4956 \(fn)" t nil)
4958 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4959 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4961 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4963 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4964 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4966 \(fn)" t nil)
4968 ;;;***
4970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (20874 65006 672942
4971 ;;;;;; 217000))
4972 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4974 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4975 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4976 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4977 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4978 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4980 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4982 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4983 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4985 \(fn)" t nil)
4987 ;;;***
4989 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el" (20709 26818 907104
4990 ;;;;;; 0))
4991 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4993 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4994 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4995 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4996 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4998 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4999 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5001 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
5003 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
5004 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation (CRiSP mode).
5005 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CRiSP mode if ARG is positive,
5006 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5007 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5009 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5011 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
5013 ;;;***
5015 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (21034 64808 616539
5016 ;;;;;; 0))
5017 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5019 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5020 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5021 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5022 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5024 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5025 a prespecified separator regexp. For example, if the separator
5026 regexp is \",\", the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5027 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5029 The default value for the separator regexp is the value of
5030 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator regexp may be
5031 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5033 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5034 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5035 'bob', and 'eve'.
5037 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5038 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5039 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5041 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings
5042 with empty strings removed.
5044 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5045 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5046 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5048 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5050 ;;;***
5052 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (21024 28968
5053 ;;;;;; 738399 0))
5054 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5056 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5057 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5059 \(fn)" t nil)
5061 ;;;***
5063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (20992 52525
5064 ;;;;;; 458637 0))
5065 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5067 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5068 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5069 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5070 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5071 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5072 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5074 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5076 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5077 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5078 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5079 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5080 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5082 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5083 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5084 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5085 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5086 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5087 normal function of these prefix keys.
5089 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5090 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5091 options:
5092 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5093 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5094 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5096 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5097 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5098 the prefix fallback behavior.
5100 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5101 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5102 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5103 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5105 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5107 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5108 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5110 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5112 ;;;***
5114 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (21024 28968 738399
5115 ;;;;;; 0))
5116 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5118 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5119 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5121 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5123 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5124 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5126 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5128 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5129 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5131 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5133 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5134 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5136 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5137 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5139 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5140 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5142 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5144 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5146 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5147 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5148 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5150 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5151 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5153 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5154 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5156 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5157 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5159 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5161 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5163 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5164 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5165 Return VALUE.
5167 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5168 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5170 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5171 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5173 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5174 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5176 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5178 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5180 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5181 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5182 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5183 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5185 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5186 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5187 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5189 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5191 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5192 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5193 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5194 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5195 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5197 \(fn)" t nil)
5199 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5200 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5201 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5202 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5204 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5206 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5207 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5208 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5210 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5212 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5213 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5215 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5217 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5219 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5220 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5222 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5224 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5226 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5227 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5228 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5230 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5232 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5233 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5234 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5235 as part of Emacs itself.
5237 Each elements looks like this:
5239 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5241 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5242 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5243 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5244 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5245 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5246 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5247 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5248 and `defface'.
5250 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5252 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5253 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5254 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5255 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5256 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5258 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5259 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5260 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5261 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5263 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5265 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5266 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5267 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5268 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5269 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5270 release.
5272 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5273 that were added or redefined since that version.
5275 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5277 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5278 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5279 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5280 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5282 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5284 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5285 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5287 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5289 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5290 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5291 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5293 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5294 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5296 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5298 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5299 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5301 \(fn)" t nil)
5303 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5304 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5306 \(fn)" t nil)
5308 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5309 Customize all saved options and faces.
5311 \(fn)" t nil)
5313 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5314 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5315 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5316 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5317 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
5318 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5320 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5321 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5322 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5324 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5326 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5327 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5329 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5331 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5332 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5334 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5336 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5337 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5339 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5341 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5342 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5343 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5344 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5345 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5346 that option.
5348 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5350 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5351 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5352 The result includes selecting that window.
5353 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5354 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5355 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5356 that option.
5358 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5360 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5361 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5363 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5365 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5366 File used for storing customization information.
5367 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5368 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5369 it should be an absolute file name.
5371 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5372 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5373 something like the following in your init file:
5375 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5376 \(load custom-file)
5378 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5379 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5381 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5382 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5383 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5384 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5385 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5387 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5388 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5389 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5390 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5391 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5392 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5393 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5394 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5395 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5396 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5398 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5400 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5401 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5403 \(fn)" nil nil)
5405 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5406 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5408 \(fn)" t nil)
5410 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5411 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5412 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5414 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5416 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5417 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5418 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5419 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5420 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5422 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5424 ;;;***
5426 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (20841 12463 538770
5427 ;;;;;; 0))
5428 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5430 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5431 Create or edit a custom theme.
5432 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5433 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5434 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5435 from the Custom save file.
5436 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5437 named *Custom Theme*.
5439 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5441 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5442 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5444 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5446 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5447 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5449 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5451 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5452 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5453 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5454 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5456 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5458 ;;;***
5460 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (20709 26818
5461 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
5462 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5464 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5465 Mode used for cvs status output.
5467 \(fn)" t nil)
5469 ;;;***
5471 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (20709 26818 907104
5472 ;;;;;; 0))
5473 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5474 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5475 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5476 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5478 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5480 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5481 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5482 C++ modes are included.
5484 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5485 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5486 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5488 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5490 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5492 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5493 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5494 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5495 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5496 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5497 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5499 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5501 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5502 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5503 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5504 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5505 ARG is omitted or nil.
5507 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5508 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5509 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5511 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5513 ;;;***
5515 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (20826
5516 ;;;;;; 45095 436233 0))
5517 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5519 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5520 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5522 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5524 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5525 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5527 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5529 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5530 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5531 For readability, the table is slightly
5532 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5534 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5535 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5536 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5537 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5538 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5540 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5542 ;;;***
5544 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (20992 52525 458637
5545 ;;;;;; 0))
5546 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5547 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5548 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5549 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5550 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5552 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5553 Completion on current word.
5554 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5555 and presents suggestions for completion.
5557 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5558 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5559 completions.
5561 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5562 then it searches *all* buffers.
5564 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5566 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5567 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5569 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5570 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5571 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5572 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5573 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5575 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5576 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5578 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5579 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5580 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5582 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5583 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5585 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5587 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5589 ;;;***
5591 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (21040 17194
5592 ;;;;;; 398147 0))
5593 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5595 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5596 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5598 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5600 ;;;***
5602 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (21032 23080 765139 0))
5603 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5605 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5606 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5607 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5608 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5609 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5611 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5613 ;;;***
5615 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (20763 30266
5616 ;;;;;; 231060 0))
5617 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5619 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5620 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5622 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5623 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5624 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5626 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5627 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5628 Data lines are not indented.
5630 Key bindings:
5632 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5633 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5635 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5636 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5637 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5638 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5640 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5642 dcl-basic-offset
5643 Extra indentation within blocks.
5645 dcl-continuation-offset
5646 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5648 dcl-margin-offset
5649 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5651 dcl-margin-label-offset
5652 Indentation for a label.
5654 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5655 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5657 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5658 dcl-block-end-regexp
5659 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5660 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5661 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5662 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5663 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5665 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5666 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5667 Two such functions are included in the package:
5668 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5669 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5671 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5672 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5673 One such function is included in the package:
5674 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5676 dcl-tab-always-indent
5677 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5678 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5679 margin.
5681 dcl-electric-characters
5682 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5683 typed.
5685 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5686 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5687 which words trigger electric indentation.
5689 dcl-tempo-comma
5690 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5691 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5692 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5694 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5695 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5696 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5697 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5699 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5700 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5701 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5702 dcl-imenu-label-call
5703 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5705 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5706 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5707 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5708 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5711 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5713 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5714 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5715 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5716 $ i = 1
5717 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5718 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5719 $ label:
5720 $ if i.eq.1
5721 $ then
5722 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5723 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5724 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5725 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5726 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5727 \"lined up with the command line\"
5728 $ type sys$input
5729 Data lines are not indented at all.
5730 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5731 $ endif
5735 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5736 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5738 \(fn)" t nil)
5740 ;;;***
5742 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (21040 17194
5743 ;;;;;; 398147 0))
5744 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5746 (setq debugger 'debug)
5748 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5749 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5750 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5751 of the evaluator.
5753 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5754 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5755 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5757 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5759 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5760 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5762 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5764 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5765 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5766 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5767 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5768 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5769 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5771 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5772 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5774 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5776 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5777 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5778 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5779 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5780 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5782 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5784 ;;;***
5786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (20709 26818
5787 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
5788 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5790 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5791 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5793 \(fn)" t nil)
5795 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5796 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5797 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5798 Upper-case letters are commands.
5800 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5801 modify it.
5803 The most useful commands are:
5804 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5805 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5806 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5807 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5808 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5809 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5811 \(fn)" t nil)
5813 ;;;***
5815 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (20709 26818 907104
5816 ;;;;;; 0))
5817 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5818 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5819 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5820 Customization of `columns' group.
5822 \(fn)" t nil)
5824 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5825 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5827 START and END delimits the text region.
5829 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5831 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5832 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5834 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5836 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5838 ;;;***
5840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
5841 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5843 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5845 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5846 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5847 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5848 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5849 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5850 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5852 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5854 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5855 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5856 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5857 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5858 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5860 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5861 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5862 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5863 any selection.
5865 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5867 ;;;***
5869 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (20900 33838
5870 ;;;;;; 319219 0))
5871 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5873 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5874 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5876 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5878 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5879 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5880 or nil if there is no parent.
5881 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5882 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5883 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5884 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5885 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5887 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5888 arguments are currently understood:
5889 :group GROUP
5890 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5891 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5892 :syntax-table TABLE
5893 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5894 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5895 :abbrev-table TABLE
5896 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5897 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5899 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5901 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5903 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5904 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5905 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5907 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5908 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5910 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5911 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5912 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5914 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5915 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5917 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5918 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5920 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5922 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
5924 (put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
5926 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5927 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5928 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5929 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5930 the first time the mode is used.
5932 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5934 ;;;***
5936 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (21024 28968 738399
5937 ;;;;;; 0))
5938 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5940 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5941 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
5942 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
5943 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5944 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5945 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5946 otherwise.
5948 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
5950 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5951 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
5952 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
5953 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
5955 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
5956 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
5957 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
5959 The character information includes the character code; charset and
5960 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
5961 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
5962 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
5963 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
5964 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
5965 relevant to POS.
5967 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5969 ;;;***
5971 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (21005 64551 555603
5972 ;;;;;; 0))
5973 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5975 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5976 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5977 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
5979 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5981 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5982 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
5983 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is
5984 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
5985 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5987 If Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
5988 one session to another. See variable `desktop-save' and function
5989 `desktop-read' for details.
5991 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5993 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
5994 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
5995 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
5996 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
5998 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6000 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6001 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6003 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6004 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6005 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6007 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6008 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6010 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6011 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6012 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6014 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6015 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6016 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6017 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6019 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6021 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6022 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6024 Handlers are called with argument list
6026 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6028 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6030 desktop-file-version
6031 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6032 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6033 desktop-buffer-point
6034 desktop-buffer-mark
6035 desktop-buffer-read-only
6036 desktop-buffer-locals
6038 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6039 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6041 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6042 code like
6044 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6046 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6047 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6049 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6051 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6053 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6054 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6055 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6056 List elements must have the form
6058 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6060 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6061 function.
6063 Handlers are called with argument list
6065 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6067 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6069 desktop-file-version
6070 desktop-buffer-file-name
6071 desktop-buffer-name
6072 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6073 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6074 desktop-buffer-point
6075 desktop-buffer-mark
6076 desktop-buffer-read-only
6077 desktop-buffer-misc
6079 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6080 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6081 created and set.
6083 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6084 code like
6086 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6088 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6089 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6091 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6093 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6095 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6097 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6098 Empty the Desktop.
6099 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6100 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6101 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6102 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
6103 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
6104 if different).
6106 \(fn)" t nil)
6108 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6109 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6110 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6111 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6112 If AUTO-SAVE is non-nil, compare the saved contents to the one last saved,
6113 and don't save the buffer if they are the same.
6115 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE AUTO-SAVE)" t nil)
6117 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6118 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6119 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6121 \(fn)" t nil)
6123 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6124 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6125 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6126 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6127 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6128 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6129 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6130 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6132 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6134 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6135 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6136 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6138 \(fn)" nil nil)
6140 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
6142 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6143 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6144 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6145 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6146 directory DIRNAME.
6148 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6150 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6151 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6153 \(fn)" t nil)
6155 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6156 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6158 \(fn)" t nil)
6160 ;;;***
6162 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (20791 9657 561026
6163 ;;;;;; 0))
6164 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6166 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6167 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6168 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6169 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6170 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6171 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6173 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6175 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6176 Repair a broken attribution line.
6177 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6179 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6181 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6182 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6183 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6184 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6186 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6188 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6189 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6191 \(fn)" t nil)
6193 ;;;***
6195 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (20992
6196 ;;;;;; 52525 458637 0))
6197 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6199 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6200 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6201 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6202 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6203 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6205 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6207 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6208 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6209 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6210 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6212 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6213 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6214 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6215 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6217 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6218 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6220 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6221 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6222 calendar-date-style 'european
6223 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6225 \(diary-mail-entries)
6227 # diary-rem.el ends here
6229 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6231 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6232 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6234 \(fn)" t nil)
6236 ;;;***
6238 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (20760 54070 584283 0))
6239 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6241 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
6242 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6244 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6246 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6247 The command to use to run diff.")
6249 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6251 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6252 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6253 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6254 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6255 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6256 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6258 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6259 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6260 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6262 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6264 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6265 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6266 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6267 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6268 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6269 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6271 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6273 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6274 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6276 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
6278 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6279 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6280 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6282 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6284 ;;;***
6286 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (20814 53928
6287 ;;;;;; 50501 0))
6288 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6290 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6291 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6292 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6293 normal diffs.
6295 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6296 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6297 headers for you on-the-fly.
6299 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6300 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6301 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6303 \\{diff-mode-map}
6305 \(fn)" t nil)
6307 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6308 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6309 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6310 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6311 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6313 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6315 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6317 ;;;***
6319 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
6320 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6322 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6323 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6324 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6326 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6328 ;;;***
6330 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (21044 14392 310114 433000))
6331 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6333 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6334 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6335 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6336 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6337 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6338 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6339 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6340 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6342 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6344 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6345 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
6346 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6347 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6348 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6349 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6351 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6352 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6353 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6354 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6355 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6356 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6357 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6358 list of files to make directory entries for.
6359 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6360 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6361 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6363 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6365 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6366 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6368 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6369 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6371 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6372 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6374 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6375 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6377 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6379 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6380 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6382 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6384 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6385 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6386 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6387 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6388 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6389 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6390 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6391 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6392 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6393 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6394 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6395 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6396 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6397 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6398 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6399 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6400 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6401 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6402 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6403 to see why something went wrong.
6404 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6405 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6406 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXecute) the files flagged `D'.
6407 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6408 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6409 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or Dired directory in Other window.
6410 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6411 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6412 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6413 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6414 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6415 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6416 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6418 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6419 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6420 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6421 again for the directory tree.
6423 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6424 for more info):
6426 `dired-listing-switches'
6427 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6428 `dired-marker-char'
6429 `dired-del-marker'
6430 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6431 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6432 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6433 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6435 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6437 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6438 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6439 `dired-mode-hook'
6440 `dired-load-hook'
6442 Keybindings:
6443 \\{dired-mode-map}
6445 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6446 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6448 (autoload 'dired-hide-details-mode "dired" "\
6449 Hide details in Dired mode.
6451 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6453 ;;;***
6455 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (20709 26818 907104
6456 ;;;;;; 0))
6457 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6459 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6460 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6461 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6462 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6463 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6465 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6466 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6467 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6469 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6470 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6471 directory.
6473 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6475 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6476 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6477 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6478 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6479 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6480 from `default-directory'.
6482 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6484 ;;;***
6486 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (20709 26818
6487 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
6488 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6490 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6491 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6492 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6493 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6494 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6495 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6497 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6499 ;;;***
6501 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (20992 52525 458637
6502 ;;;;;; 0))
6503 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6505 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6506 Return a new, empty display table.
6508 \(fn)" nil nil)
6510 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6511 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6512 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6513 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6514 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6516 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6518 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6519 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6520 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6521 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6522 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6524 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6526 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6527 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6529 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6531 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6532 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6534 \(fn)" t nil)
6536 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6537 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6539 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6540 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6542 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6543 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6544 byte.
6546 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6547 in the default way after this call.
6549 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6551 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6552 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6554 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6556 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6557 Display character C using printable string S.
6559 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6561 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6562 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6563 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6564 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6566 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6568 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6569 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6570 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6571 X frame.
6573 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6575 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6576 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6578 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6580 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6581 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6583 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6585 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6586 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6588 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6590 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6591 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6593 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6595 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6596 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6598 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6600 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6601 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6603 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6604 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6606 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6607 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6609 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6610 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6611 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6612 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6614 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6615 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6616 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6617 in `.emacs'.
6619 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6621 ;;;***
6623 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (20709 26818
6624 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
6625 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6627 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6628 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6629 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6630 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6631 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6632 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6633 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6634 Default is 2.
6636 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6638 ;;;***
6640 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
6641 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6643 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6644 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6645 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6646 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6647 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6648 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6649 private or ask).
6650 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6651 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6652 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6653 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6654 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6656 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6658 ;;;***
6660 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (20709 26818
6661 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
6662 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6664 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6665 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6666 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6667 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6668 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6669 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6670 table and its own syntax table.
6672 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6674 \(fn)" t nil)
6675 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6677 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6678 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6680 \(fn)" t nil)
6682 ;;;***
6684 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (21061 23341 46416
6685 ;;;;;; 0))
6686 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6688 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6689 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6690 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6691 OpenDocument format).
6693 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6695 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6696 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6698 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6699 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6701 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6702 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6703 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6705 \(fn)" t nil)
6707 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6708 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6709 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6710 to the next best mode.
6712 \(fn)" nil nil)
6714 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6715 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6716 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6717 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6718 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6720 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6722 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6724 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6727 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6729 ;;;***
6731 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (20709 26818 907104
6732 ;;;;;; 0))
6733 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6735 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6736 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6738 \(fn)" t nil)
6740 ;;;***
6742 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
6743 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6745 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6746 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6747 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6748 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6749 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6751 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6752 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6754 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6756 ;;;***
6758 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (20900 33838 319219
6759 ;;;;;; 0))
6760 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6761 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6762 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6763 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6765 \(fn)" t nil)
6767 ;;;***
6769 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (20992
6770 ;;;;;; 52525 458637 0))
6771 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6773 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6775 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6776 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6777 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6778 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6779 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6781 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6782 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6783 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6784 and disables it otherwise.
6786 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6787 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6788 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6789 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6791 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6792 documenting what its argument does.
6794 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6795 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6796 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6797 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6798 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6799 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6800 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6801 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6803 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6804 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6805 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6806 alternating keywords and values. These following special keywords
6807 are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6808 mode is global):
6810 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6811 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6812 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6813 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6814 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6815 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6816 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6817 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6818 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6819 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6820 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6821 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6822 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6823 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6824 named variable, or a generalized variable.
6825 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
6826 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
6827 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
6828 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
6829 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
6830 in :variable).
6832 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6833 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6835 For example, you could write
6836 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6837 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6838 ...BODY CODE...)
6840 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6842 (put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6844 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6846 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6848 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6849 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6850 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6851 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6852 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6853 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6854 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6855 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6856 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6857 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6858 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6859 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6861 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6862 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6863 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6864 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6865 call another major mode in their body.
6867 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
6868 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
6869 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
6871 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
6873 (put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6875 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6876 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6877 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6878 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6879 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6880 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6881 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6883 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6885 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6886 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6887 :inherit Parent keymap.
6888 :group Ignored.
6889 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6890 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6892 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6894 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6895 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6896 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6897 the constant's documentation.
6899 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6901 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6902 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6903 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6905 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6907 ;;;***
6909 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (20709
6910 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
6911 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6913 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6914 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
6915 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
6916 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
6918 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
6919 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
6920 as a top-level menu bar item.
6922 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
6923 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
6924 pairs:
6926 :filter FUNCTION
6927 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
6928 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
6929 items to actually display.
6931 :visible INCLUDE
6932 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
6933 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
6934 alias for `:visible'.
6936 :active ENABLE
6937 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
6938 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
6939 an alias for `:active'.
6941 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
6942 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
6944 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6946 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6948 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
6949 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6951 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
6952 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
6954 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6956 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
6958 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
6959 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
6961 :keys KEYS
6962 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
6963 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
6964 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
6965 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6967 :key-sequence KEYS
6968 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
6969 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
6970 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
6971 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
6973 :active ENABLE
6974 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6975 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
6976 alias for `:active'.
6978 :visible INCLUDE
6979 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6980 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
6981 `:visible'.
6983 :label FORM
6984 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
6985 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
6987 :suffix FORM
6988 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
6989 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
6991 :style STYLE
6992 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
6993 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
6994 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
6996 :selected SELECTED
6997 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
6998 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
7000 :help HELP
7001 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7003 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
7004 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
7005 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
7007 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
7008 MENU. This is a submenu.
7010 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
7012 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7014 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7017 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7019 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7020 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7021 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7022 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7024 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7026 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7027 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7028 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7029 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7030 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7031 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7033 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7034 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7035 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7037 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7038 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7039 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7041 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7042 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7044 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7046 ;;;***
7048 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (20709 26818
7049 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
7050 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7051 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7052 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7053 Customization for ebnf group.
7055 \(fn)" t nil)
7057 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7058 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7060 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7062 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7063 processed.
7065 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7067 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7069 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7070 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7072 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7073 killed after process termination.
7075 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7077 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7079 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7080 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7082 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7083 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7084 it to the printer.
7086 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7087 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7088 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7089 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7091 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7093 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7094 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7095 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7097 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7099 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7100 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7102 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7104 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7105 processed.
7107 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7109 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7111 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7112 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7114 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7115 killed after process termination.
7117 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7119 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7121 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7122 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7123 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7124 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7126 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7128 \(fn)" t nil)
7130 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7131 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7132 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7134 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7136 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7138 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7139 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7141 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7143 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7144 processed.
7146 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7148 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7150 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7151 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7153 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7154 killed after EPS generation.
7156 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7158 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7160 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7161 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7163 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7164 The EPS file name has the following form:
7166 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7168 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7169 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7171 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7172 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7173 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7174 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7175 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7177 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7178 files.
7180 \(fn)" t nil)
7182 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7183 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7185 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7186 The EPS file name has the following form:
7188 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7190 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7191 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7193 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7194 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7195 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7196 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7197 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7199 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7200 files.
7202 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7204 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7206 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7207 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7209 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7211 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7212 are processed.
7214 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7216 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7218 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7219 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7221 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7222 killed after syntax checking.
7224 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7226 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7228 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7229 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7231 \(fn)" t nil)
7233 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7234 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7236 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7238 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7239 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7241 \(fn)" nil nil)
7243 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7244 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7246 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7248 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7250 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7251 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7253 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7255 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7257 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7258 Delete style NAME.
7260 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7262 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7264 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7265 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7267 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7269 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7271 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7272 Set STYLE as the current style.
7274 Returns the old style symbol.
7276 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7278 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7280 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7281 Reset current style.
7283 Returns the old style symbol.
7285 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7287 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7289 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7290 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7292 Returns the old style symbol.
7294 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7296 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7298 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7300 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7301 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7303 Returns the old style symbol.
7305 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7307 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7309 \(fn)" t nil)
7311 ;;;***
7313 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (20992 52525
7314 ;;;;;; 458637 0))
7315 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7317 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7318 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7319 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7320 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7321 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7322 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7324 Tree mode key bindings:
7325 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7327 \(fn)" t nil)
7329 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7330 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7332 \(fn)" t nil)
7334 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7335 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7337 \(fn)" t nil)
7339 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7340 View declaration of member at point.
7342 \(fn)" t nil)
7344 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7345 Find declaration of member at point.
7347 \(fn)" t nil)
7349 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7350 View definition of member at point.
7352 \(fn)" t nil)
7354 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7355 Find definition of member at point.
7357 \(fn)" t nil)
7359 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7360 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7362 \(fn)" t nil)
7364 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7365 View definition of member at point in other window.
7367 \(fn)" t nil)
7369 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7370 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7372 \(fn)" t nil)
7374 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7375 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7377 \(fn)" t nil)
7379 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7380 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7382 \(fn)" t nil)
7384 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7385 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7387 \(fn)" t nil)
7389 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7390 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7391 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7392 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7393 completion.
7395 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7397 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7398 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7399 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7400 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7402 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7404 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7405 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7406 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7407 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7409 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7411 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7412 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7413 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7415 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7417 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7418 Search for call sites of a member.
7419 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7420 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7421 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7422 looks like a function call to the member.
7424 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7426 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7427 Move backward in the position stack.
7428 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7430 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7432 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7433 Move forward in the position stack.
7434 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7436 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7438 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7439 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7441 \(fn)" t nil)
7443 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7444 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7446 \(fn)" t nil)
7448 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7449 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7450 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7451 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7453 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7455 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7456 Display statistics for a class tree.
7458 \(fn)" t nil)
7460 ;;;***
7462 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (20992 52525 458637
7463 ;;;;;; 0))
7464 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7466 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7467 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7468 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7469 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7470 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7471 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7472 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7474 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7476 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7477 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7478 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7479 also has this effect.
7480 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7481 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7482 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7483 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7484 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7485 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7486 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7487 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7488 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7489 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7491 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7493 ;;;***
7495 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (21040 46773 613700
7496 ;;;;;; 854000))
7497 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7499 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7500 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7501 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7503 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7505 ;;;***
7507 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el" (20709 26818
7508 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
7509 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7511 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7514 \(fn)" nil nil)
7516 ;;;***
7518 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (20908 27948 216644 0))
7519 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7520 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7521 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7522 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7523 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7524 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7525 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7526 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7528 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7530 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7531 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7532 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7533 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7534 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7536 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7537 an EDE controlled project.
7539 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7541 ;;;***
7543 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/dired" "cedet/ede/dired.el" (20709 26818
7544 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
7545 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/dired.el
7546 (push (purecopy '(dired 0 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7547 ;;;***
7549 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/project-am" "cedet/ede/project-am.el"
7550 ;;;;;; (20881 10343 547564 552000))
7551 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/project-am.el
7552 (push (purecopy '(project-am 0 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
7553 ;;;***
7555 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (20996 49577
7556 ;;;;;; 892030 0))
7557 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7559 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7560 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7561 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7562 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7563 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7565 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7566 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7567 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7568 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7570 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7572 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7573 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7574 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7575 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7577 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7579 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7580 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7581 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7582 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7584 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7586 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7588 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7589 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7590 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7591 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7592 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7594 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7595 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7596 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7597 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7598 instrumented for Edebug.
7600 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7601 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7602 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7603 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7604 already is one.)
7606 \(fn)" t nil)
7608 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7609 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7611 \(fn)" t nil)
7613 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7614 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7616 \(fn)" t nil)
7618 ;;;***
7620 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (21041 38058 75002 0))
7621 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7622 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7623 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7624 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7626 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7628 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7629 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7631 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7633 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7635 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7637 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7638 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7639 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7640 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7642 \(fn)" t nil)
7644 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7645 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7646 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7647 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7649 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7651 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7652 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7654 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7656 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7658 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7659 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7661 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7663 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7665 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7666 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7667 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7668 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7670 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7672 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7674 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7675 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7676 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7677 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7679 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7681 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7683 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7684 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7685 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7686 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7688 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7690 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7692 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7693 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7694 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7695 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7697 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7699 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7701 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7702 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7703 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7704 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7705 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7706 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7708 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7710 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7711 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7712 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7713 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7715 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7717 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7719 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7720 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7721 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7722 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7724 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7726 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7728 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7730 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7731 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7732 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7733 follows:
7734 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7735 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7737 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7739 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7740 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7741 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7742 follows:
7743 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7744 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7746 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7748 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7749 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7750 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7751 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7752 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7754 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7756 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7757 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7758 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7759 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7760 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7761 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7763 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7765 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7767 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7768 Merge two files without ancestor.
7770 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7772 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7773 Merge two files with ancestor.
7775 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7777 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7779 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7780 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7782 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7784 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7785 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7787 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7789 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7790 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7791 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7792 buffer.
7794 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7796 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7797 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7798 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7799 buffer.
7801 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7803 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7804 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7805 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7806 and don't ask the user.
7807 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7808 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7810 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7812 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7813 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7814 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7815 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7816 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7817 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7818 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7819 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7821 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7823 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7825 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7827 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7828 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7829 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7830 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7831 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7833 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7835 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7837 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7838 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7839 When called interactively, displays the version.
7841 \(fn)" t nil)
7843 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7844 Display Ediff's manual.
7845 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7847 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7849 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
7852 \(fn)" nil nil)
7854 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
7857 \(fn)" nil nil)
7859 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
7862 \(fn)" nil nil)
7864 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7867 \(fn)" nil nil)
7869 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
7872 \(fn)" nil nil)
7874 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
7877 \(fn)" nil nil)
7879 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
7882 \(fn)" nil nil)
7884 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7887 \(fn)" nil nil)
7889 ;;;***
7891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (20992 52525
7892 ;;;;;; 458637 0))
7893 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7895 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7898 \(fn)" t nil)
7900 ;;;***
7902 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (21032 23080
7903 ;;;;;; 765139 0))
7904 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7906 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7907 Display Ediff's registry.
7909 \(fn)" t nil)
7911 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7913 ;;;***
7915 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (21032 23080
7916 ;;;;;; 765139 0))
7917 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7919 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7920 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7921 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7922 which see.
7924 \(fn)" t nil)
7926 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7927 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7928 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7929 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7931 \(fn)" t nil)
7933 ;;;***
7935 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (20964 20753 310858
7936 ;;;;;; 446000))
7937 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7938 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
7939 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7940 Edit a keyboard macro.
7941 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7942 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7943 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7944 its command name.
7945 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7947 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7949 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7950 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7952 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7954 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7955 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7957 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7959 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7960 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7961 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7962 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7963 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7964 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7966 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7967 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7968 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7969 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7971 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7973 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7974 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7975 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7976 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7977 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7978 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7980 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7982 ;;;***
7984 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (20709 26818 907104
7985 ;;;;;; 0))
7986 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7988 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
7989 Set scroll margins.
7990 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7991 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7993 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
7995 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
7996 Turn on EDT Emulation.
7998 \(fn)" t nil)
8000 ;;;***
8002 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (20992 52525 458637 0))
8003 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8005 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8006 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8007 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8008 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8009 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8010 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8011 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8013 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8014 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8016 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
8017 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8018 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
8019 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8021 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8022 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8023 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8025 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8026 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8027 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8029 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8031 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8034 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8036 ;;;***
8038 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (21051 23094
8039 ;;;;;; 730130 282000))
8040 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
8041 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8042 ;;;***
8044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (20908
8045 ;;;;;; 27948 216644 0))
8046 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
8047 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8048 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
8049 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
8050 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
8051 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
8052 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
8053 SUPERCLASSES as children.
8054 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
8056 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
8058 ;;;***
8060 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-custom" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
8061 ;;;;;; (20929 34089 117790 0))
8062 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el
8064 (autoload 'customize-object "eieio-custom" "\
8065 Customize OBJ in a custom buffer.
8066 Optional argument GROUP is the sub-group of slots to display.
8068 \(fn OBJ &optional GROUP)" nil nil)
8070 ;;;***
8072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-opt" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el" (20892
8073 ;;;;;; 39729 858825 0))
8074 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el
8076 (autoload 'eieio-browse "eieio-opt" "\
8077 Create an object browser window to show all objects.
8078 If optional ROOT-CLASS, then start with that, otherwise start with
8079 variable `eieio-default-superclass'.
8081 \(fn &optional ROOT-CLASS)" t nil)
8082 (defalias 'describe-class 'eieio-describe-class)
8084 (autoload 'eieio-describe-class "eieio-opt" "\
8085 Describe a CLASS defined by a string or symbol.
8086 If CLASS is actually an object, then also display current values of that object.
8087 Optional HEADERFCN should be called to insert a few bits of info first.
8089 \(fn CLASS &optional HEADERFCN)" t nil)
8091 (autoload 'eieio-describe-constructor "eieio-opt" "\
8092 Describe the constructor function FCN.
8093 Uses `eieio-describe-class' to describe the class being constructed.
8095 \(fn FCN)" t nil)
8096 (defalias 'describe-generic 'eieio-describe-generic)
8098 (autoload 'eieio-describe-generic "eieio-opt" "\
8099 Describe the generic function GENERIC.
8100 Also extracts information about all methods specific to this generic.
8102 \(fn GENERIC)" t nil)
8104 ;;;***
8106 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (21041 38058
8107 ;;;;;; 75002 0))
8108 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8110 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
8111 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8113 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8115 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8116 Toggle echo area display of Lisp objects at point (ElDoc mode).
8117 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ElDoc mode if ARG is positive,
8118 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable ElDoc mode
8119 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8121 ElDoc mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the echo
8122 area displays information about a function or variable in the
8123 text where point is. If point is on a documented variable, it
8124 displays the first line of that variable's doc string. Otherwise
8125 it displays the argument list of the function called in the
8126 expression point is on.
8128 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8130 (autoload 'eldoc-post-insert-mode "eldoc" "\
8131 Toggle Eldoc-Post-Insert mode on or off.
8132 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Eldoc-Post-Insert mode if ARG is
8133 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8134 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
8135 \\{eldoc-post-insert-mode-map}
8137 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8139 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8140 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
8142 \(fn)" t nil)
8144 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8145 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8146 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8147 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8148 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8149 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8150 arg list.
8152 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
8153 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
8154 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
8155 effect.
8157 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8158 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
8160 ;;;***
8162 ;;;### (autoloads nil "electric" "electric.el" (21056 5418 85093
8163 ;;;;;; 0))
8164 ;;; Generated autoloads from electric.el
8166 (defvar electric-indent-chars '(10) "\
8167 Characters that should cause automatic reindentation.")
8169 (defvar electric-indent-mode nil "\
8170 Non-nil if Electric-Indent mode is enabled.
8171 See the command `electric-indent-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8172 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8173 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8174 or call the function `electric-indent-mode'.")
8176 (custom-autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" nil)
8178 (autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" "\
8179 Toggle on-the-fly reindentation (Electric Indent mode).
8180 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Indent mode if ARG is
8181 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8182 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8184 This is a global minor mode. When enabled, it reindents whenever
8185 the hook `electric-indent-functions' returns non-nil, or you
8186 insert a character from `electric-indent-chars'.
8188 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8190 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8191 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8192 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8193 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8194 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8195 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8197 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" nil)
8199 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" "\
8200 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8201 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8202 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8203 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8205 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8206 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8207 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.)
8209 See options `electric-pair-pairs' and `electric-pair-skip-self'.
8211 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8213 (defvar electric-layout-mode nil "\
8214 Non-nil if Electric-Layout mode is enabled.
8215 See the command `electric-layout-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8216 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8217 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8218 or call the function `electric-layout-mode'.")
8220 (custom-autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" nil)
8222 (autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" "\
8223 Automatically insert newlines around some chars.
8224 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Layout mode if ARG is
8225 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8226 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8227 The variable `electric-layout-rules' says when and how to insert newlines.
8229 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8231 ;;;***
8233 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (20709 26818 907104
8234 ;;;;;; 0))
8235 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8237 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8238 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8240 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8241 an elided material again.
8243 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8245 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8247 ;;;***
8249 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (20709 26818
8250 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
8251 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8253 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8254 Lint the file FILE.
8256 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8258 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8259 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8260 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8262 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8264 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8265 Lint the current buffer.
8266 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8268 \(fn)" t nil)
8270 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8271 Lint the function at point.
8272 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8274 \(fn)" t nil)
8276 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8277 Initialize elint.
8278 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8279 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8281 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8283 ;;;***
8285 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (20709 26818 907104
8286 ;;;;;; 0))
8287 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8289 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8290 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8291 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8293 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8295 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8296 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8297 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8298 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8300 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8302 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8303 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8304 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8306 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8308 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8310 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8311 Display current profiling results.
8312 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8313 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8314 displayed.
8316 \(fn)" t nil)
8318 ;;;***
8320 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (20933 31141 450159
8321 ;;;;;; 0))
8322 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8324 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8325 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8326 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8327 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8328 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8329 ARG is omitted or nil.
8331 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8332 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8333 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8334 used instead.
8336 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8338 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8339 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8340 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8342 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8344 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8346 ;;;***
8348 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (21048 11307
8349 ;;;;;; 937592 0))
8350 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8352 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8353 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8354 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8356 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8358 ;;;***
8360 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (21032 23080 765139
8361 ;;;;;; 0))
8362 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8364 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8365 Run Emerge on two files.
8367 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8369 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8370 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8372 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8374 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8375 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8377 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8379 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8380 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8382 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8384 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8387 \(fn)" nil nil)
8389 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8392 \(fn)" nil nil)
8394 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8397 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8399 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8402 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8404 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8405 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8407 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8409 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8410 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8412 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8414 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8417 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8419 ;;;***
8421 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (20709 26818
8422 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
8423 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8425 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8426 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8427 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8428 text/enriched format.
8430 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8431 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8432 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8434 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8436 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8437 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
8439 Commands:
8441 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8443 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8445 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8448 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8450 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8453 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8455 ;;;***
8457 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (21034 64808 616539 0))
8458 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8460 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8461 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8463 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8465 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8466 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8468 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8470 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8471 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8472 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8473 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8474 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8475 the keys are listed.
8476 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8478 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8480 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8481 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
8482 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
8484 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
8486 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8487 Verify FILE.
8489 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8491 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8492 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8494 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8496 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8497 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8499 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8501 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8502 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8504 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8505 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8506 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8507 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8509 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8510 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8511 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8512 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8513 should consider using the string based counterpart
8514 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8515 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8517 For example:
8519 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8520 (decode-coding-string
8521 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8522 'utf-8))
8524 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8526 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8527 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8529 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8530 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8532 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8534 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8535 Verify the current region between START and END.
8537 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8538 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8539 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8540 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8541 should consider using the string based counterpart
8542 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8543 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8545 For example:
8547 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8548 (decode-coding-string
8549 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8550 'utf-8))
8552 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8554 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8555 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8556 between START and END.
8558 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8559 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8561 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8563 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8564 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8566 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8567 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8568 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8569 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8570 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8571 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8573 For example:
8575 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8576 (epg-sign-string
8577 context
8578 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8580 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8582 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8583 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8585 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8586 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8587 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8588 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8589 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8590 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8592 For example:
8594 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8595 (epg-encrypt-string
8596 context
8597 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8598 nil))
8600 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8602 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8603 Delete selected KEYS.
8605 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8607 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8608 Import keys from FILE.
8610 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8612 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8613 Import keys from the region.
8615 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8617 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8618 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8619 between START and END.
8621 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8623 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8624 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8626 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8628 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8629 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8631 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8633 ;;;***
8635 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (20709 26818 907104
8636 ;;;;;; 0))
8637 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8639 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8640 Decrypt marked files.
8642 \(fn)" t nil)
8644 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8645 Verify marked files.
8647 \(fn)" t nil)
8649 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8650 Sign marked files.
8652 \(fn)" t nil)
8654 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8655 Encrypt marked files.
8657 \(fn)" t nil)
8659 ;;;***
8661 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (20709 26818 907104
8662 ;;;;;; 0))
8663 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8665 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8668 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8670 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8673 \(fn)" t nil)
8675 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8678 \(fn)" t nil)
8680 ;;;***
8682 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (20978 19624 657047
8683 ;;;;;; 0))
8684 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8686 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8687 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8688 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8689 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8690 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8692 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8694 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8695 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8696 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8698 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8700 \(fn)" t nil)
8702 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8703 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8704 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8706 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8708 \(fn)" t nil)
8710 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8711 Sign the current buffer.
8712 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8714 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8716 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8718 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8719 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
8720 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
8721 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
8722 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
8723 and also whether and how to sign.
8725 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
8726 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
8727 or nil meaning use the defaults.
8729 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
8731 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
8733 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8734 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8735 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8737 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8739 \(fn)" t nil)
8741 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8742 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8743 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8744 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8745 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8746 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8748 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8750 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8751 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8752 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8753 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8754 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8756 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8758 ;;;***
8760 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (21034 64808 616539 0))
8761 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8762 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
8763 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8764 Return a context object.
8766 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8768 ;;;***
8770 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (20709 26818 907104
8771 ;;;;;; 0))
8772 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8774 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8775 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8777 \(fn)" nil nil)
8779 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8780 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8782 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8784 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8785 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8787 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8789 ;;;***
8791 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (21053 29224 547064 0))
8792 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8793 (push (purecopy '(erc 5 3)) package--builtin-versions)
8794 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8795 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8797 \(fn)" nil nil)
8799 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8800 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8801 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8803 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8805 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8806 (server (erc-compute-server))
8807 (port (erc-compute-port))
8808 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8809 password
8810 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8812 That is, if called with
8814 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8816 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8817 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8818 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8820 \(fn &key (server (erc-compute-server)) (port (erc-compute-port)) (nick (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8822 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8824 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8825 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8826 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8828 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8830 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8831 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8832 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8833 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8835 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8837 ;;;***
8839 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (20709
8840 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
8841 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8842 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8844 ;;;***
8846 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (21050 53033
8847 ;;;;;; 774595 0))
8848 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8849 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8851 ;;;***
8853 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (20709 26818
8854 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
8855 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8856 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8858 ;;;***
8860 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (20709 26818
8861 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
8862 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8863 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8865 ;;;***
8867 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (20759 33211 414988
8868 ;;;;;; 0))
8869 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8870 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8872 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8873 Parser for /dcc command.
8874 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8875 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8876 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8878 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8880 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8881 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8883 \(fn)" nil nil)
8885 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8886 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8888 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8889 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8890 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8891 that subcommand.
8893 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8895 ;;;***
8897 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8898 ;;;;;; (21042 58928 39127 0))
8899 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8900 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8902 ;;;***
8904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (20709
8905 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
8906 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8908 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8909 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8911 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8913 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8914 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8915 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8916 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8918 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8920 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8923 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8925 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8926 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8928 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8930 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8931 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8933 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8935 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8936 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8938 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8940 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8941 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8943 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8945 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8946 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8948 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8950 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8951 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8953 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8955 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8956 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8958 \(fn)" nil nil)
8960 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8961 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8963 \(fn)" nil nil)
8965 ;;;***
8967 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (20709 26818 907104
8968 ;;;;;; 0))
8969 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8970 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8972 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8973 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8974 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8976 \(fn)" nil nil)
8978 ;;;***
8980 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (20709 26818
8981 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
8982 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8983 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8985 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8986 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8987 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8988 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8989 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8990 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8991 system.
8993 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8995 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8998 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9000 ;;;***
9002 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (20709 26818
9003 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
9004 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9006 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
9009 \(fn)" nil nil)
9011 ;;;***
9013 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (20709 26818 907104
9014 ;;;;;; 0))
9015 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9016 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9018 ;;;***
9020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-lang" "erc/erc-lang.el" (20709 26818 907104
9021 ;;;;;; 0))
9022 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-lang.el
9023 (push (purecopy '(erc-lang 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
9024 ;;;***
9026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (21050 53033 774595
9027 ;;;;;; 0))
9028 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
9029 (push (purecopy '(erc-list 0 1)) package--builtin-versions) (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
9031 ;;;***
9033 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (20891 18859 893295
9034 ;;;;;; 0))
9035 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9036 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9038 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
9039 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9040 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9041 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9042 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
9043 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9045 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9047 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
9048 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9049 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9050 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9052 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9053 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9054 automatically.
9056 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9057 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9059 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9061 ;;;***
9063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (20763 30266
9064 ;;;;;; 231060 0))
9065 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9066 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9068 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
9069 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9071 \(fn)" t nil)
9073 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9074 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9076 \(fn)" t nil)
9078 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9079 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9081 \(fn)" t nil)
9083 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9084 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9086 \(fn)" t nil)
9088 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9089 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9091 \(fn)" t nil)
9093 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9094 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9096 \(fn)" t nil)
9098 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9099 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9101 \(fn)" t nil)
9103 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9104 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9106 \(fn)" t nil)
9108 ;;;***
9110 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (20884 7264 412929
9111 ;;;;;; 442000))
9112 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9113 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9115 ;;;***
9117 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (20709
9118 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
9119 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9120 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9122 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9123 Show who's gone.
9125 \(fn)" nil nil)
9127 ;;;***
9129 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (20709
9130 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
9131 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9133 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9134 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9135 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9136 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9138 \(fn)" nil nil)
9140 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9141 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9143 \(fn)" t nil)
9145 ;;;***
9147 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (21013 58662
9148 ;;;;;; 278539 0))
9149 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9150 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9152 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9153 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9154 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9155 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9157 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9159 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9162 \(fn)" nil nil)
9164 ;;;***
9166 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (20709 26818 907104
9167 ;;;;;; 0))
9168 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9169 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9171 ;;;***
9173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (20709
9174 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
9175 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9176 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9178 ;;;***
9180 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (20709 26818
9181 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
9182 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9183 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9185 ;;;***
9187 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (20884 7264 412929
9188 ;;;;;; 442000))
9189 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9190 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9192 ;;;***
9194 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (20709
9195 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
9196 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9197 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9199 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9200 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9202 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9204 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9205 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9206 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9208 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9210 ;;;***
9212 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (20709 26818
9213 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
9214 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9215 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9217 ;;;***
9219 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (20709
9220 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
9221 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9223 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9224 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9225 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9227 \(fn)" t nil)
9229 ;;;***
9231 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (20709
9232 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
9233 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9234 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9236 ;;;***
9238 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (20709 26818
9239 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
9240 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9241 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9243 ;;;***
9245 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (21013 58662
9246 ;;;;;; 278539 0))
9247 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9249 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9250 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9251 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9253 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9255 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9256 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9257 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9258 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9259 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9261 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9262 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9263 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9264 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9266 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9267 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9269 ;;;***
9271 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (20709
9272 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
9273 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9274 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9276 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9277 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9278 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9279 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9281 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9283 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9284 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9285 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9287 \(fn)" t nil)
9289 ;;;***
9291 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (20709 26818 907104
9292 ;;;;;; 0))
9293 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9294 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9296 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9297 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9299 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9301 ;;;***
9303 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (21048 11307 937592
9304 ;;;;;; 0))
9305 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9307 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9308 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9310 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9311 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9313 `should', `should-not' and `should-error' are useful for
9314 assertions in BODY.
9316 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9318 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9319 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9320 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9322 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil (quote macro))
9324 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9326 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9328 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9329 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9331 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9332 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9333 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9334 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9336 Returns the stats object.
9338 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9340 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9341 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9343 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9344 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9345 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9346 the tests).
9348 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9350 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9351 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9353 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9354 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9355 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9356 and how to display message.
9358 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9360 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9362 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9363 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9365 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9367 ;;;***
9369 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (20709 26818
9370 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
9371 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9373 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9375 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9376 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9378 \(fn)" t nil)
9380 ;;;***
9382 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (21048 47760
9383 ;;;;;; 436258 0))
9384 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9386 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9387 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9389 \(fn)" t nil)
9391 ;;;***
9393 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (21042 9718 407372
9394 ;;;;;; 0))
9395 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9396 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
9397 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9398 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9399 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9400 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9401 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9402 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9403 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9404 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9405 buffer selected (or created).
9407 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9409 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9410 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9411 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9413 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9415 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9416 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9417 The result might be any Lisp object.
9418 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9419 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9420 corresponding to a successful execution.
9422 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9424 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9426 ;;;***
9428 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (20992 52525 458637
9429 ;;;;;; 0))
9430 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9432 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9433 File name of tags table.
9434 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9435 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9436 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9437 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9438 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9440 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9441 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9442 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9443 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9445 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9447 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9448 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9449 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9450 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9451 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9452 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9454 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9456 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9457 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
9458 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
9460 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9462 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9463 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9464 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9465 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9466 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9468 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9470 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9471 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9472 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9473 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9475 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9477 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9478 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9479 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9480 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9481 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9483 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9485 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9486 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9488 \(fn)" t nil)
9490 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9491 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9492 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9493 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9495 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9496 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9497 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9498 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9499 file the tag was in.
9501 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9503 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9504 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9505 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9506 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9507 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9508 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9509 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9510 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9511 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9513 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9515 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9516 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9517 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9518 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9519 without directory names.
9521 \(fn)" nil nil)
9522 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9523 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9524 (progn
9525 (load "etags")
9526 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9528 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9529 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9530 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9531 but does not select the buffer.
9532 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9534 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9535 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9536 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9537 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9538 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9540 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9542 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9543 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9544 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9546 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9548 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9550 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9551 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9552 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9553 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9555 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9556 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9557 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9558 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9559 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9561 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9563 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9564 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9565 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9567 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9569 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9570 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9572 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9573 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9574 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9575 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9576 around or before point.
9578 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9579 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9580 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9581 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9582 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9584 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9586 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9587 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9588 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9590 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9592 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9593 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9595 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9596 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9597 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9598 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9599 around or before point.
9601 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9602 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9603 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9604 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9605 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9607 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9609 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9610 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9611 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9613 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9615 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9616 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9618 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9619 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9620 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9622 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9623 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9624 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9625 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9626 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9628 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9630 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9631 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9632 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9634 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9636 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9637 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9638 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9640 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9641 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9643 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9644 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9645 where they were found.
9647 \(fn)" t nil)
9649 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9650 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9652 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9653 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9654 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9656 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9657 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9659 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9660 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9662 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9664 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9665 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9666 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9667 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9669 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9670 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9671 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9672 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9673 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9675 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9676 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9678 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9679 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9680 Stops when a match is found.
9681 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9683 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9684 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9685 restricted to these files.
9687 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9689 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9691 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9692 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9693 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9694 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9695 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9696 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9697 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9698 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9700 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9701 produce the list of files to search.
9703 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9705 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9707 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9708 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9709 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9710 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9711 directory specification.
9713 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9715 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9716 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9718 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9720 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9721 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9722 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9723 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9725 \(fn)" t nil)
9727 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9728 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9729 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9730 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9731 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9733 \(fn)" t nil)
9735 ;;;***
9737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (20709
9738 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
9739 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9741 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9744 \(fn)" nil nil)
9746 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9747 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9749 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9750 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9752 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9753 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9754 primary language.
9756 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9757 even if the buffer is read-only.
9759 See also the descriptions of the variables
9760 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9762 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9764 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9765 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9767 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9768 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9770 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9771 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9772 primary language.
9774 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9775 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9777 See also the descriptions of the variables
9778 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9780 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9782 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9783 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9784 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9785 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9787 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9789 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9790 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9791 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9792 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9794 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9795 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9796 primary language.
9798 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9799 buffer is read-only.
9801 See also the descriptions of the variables
9802 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9803 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9805 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9807 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9808 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9810 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9811 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9813 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9814 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9815 the primary language.
9817 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9818 buffer is read-only.
9820 See also the descriptions of the variables
9821 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9822 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9824 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9826 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9827 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9828 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9830 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9832 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9833 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9835 \(fn)" t nil)
9837 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9838 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9840 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9841 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9842 be 1, 2, or 3.
9844 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9845 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9846 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9848 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9850 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9852 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9853 This function is deprecated.
9855 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9857 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9858 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9860 \(fn)" t nil)
9862 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9863 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9865 \(fn)" t nil)
9867 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9868 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9870 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9871 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9873 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9874 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9876 \(fn)" nil nil)
9878 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9879 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9881 \(fn)" nil nil)
9883 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9884 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9886 \(fn)" nil nil)
9888 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9889 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9891 \(fn)" nil nil)
9893 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9894 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9895 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9897 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9899 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9902 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9904 ;;;***
9906 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (21040 17194 398147 0))
9907 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9909 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9910 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9911 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9912 server for future sessions.
9914 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9916 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9917 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9918 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9920 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9922 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9923 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9924 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9926 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9928 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9929 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9930 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9931 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9932 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9933 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9934 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9935 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9936 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9937 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9938 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9939 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9941 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9943 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9944 Display a form to query the directory server.
9945 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9946 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9948 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9950 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9951 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9952 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9954 \(fn)" t nil)
9956 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9958 ;;;***
9960 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (20791 9657 561026
9961 ;;;;;; 0))
9962 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9964 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9965 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9967 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9969 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9970 Display URL and make it clickable.
9972 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
9974 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9975 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9977 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9979 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
9980 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9982 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9984 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
9985 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9987 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9989 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
9990 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9992 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9994 ;;;***
9996 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (20871 33574
9997 ;;;;;; 214287 0))
9998 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10000 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
10001 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10002 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10004 \(fn)" t nil)
10006 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
10007 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10009 \(fn)" t nil)
10011 ;;;***
10013 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (21040
10014 ;;;;;; 17194 398147 0))
10015 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10017 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
10018 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10020 \(fn)" t nil)
10022 ;;;***
10024 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (20709 26818 907104
10025 ;;;;;; 0))
10026 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10028 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
10029 Create an empty ewoc.
10031 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10033 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10034 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10035 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10036 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10037 `insert-before-markers'.
10039 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10040 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10041 respectively, of the ewoc.
10043 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10044 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10045 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10047 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10049 ;;;***
10051 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (21049 14338 391345 0))
10052 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
10054 (autoload 'eww "eww" "\
10055 Fetch URL and render the page.
10056 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
10057 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
10059 \(fn URL)" t nil)
10061 (autoload 'eww-open-file "eww" "\
10062 Render a file using EWW.
10064 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10066 (autoload 'eww-browse-url "eww" "\
10069 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" nil nil)
10071 ;;;***
10073 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (21041
10074 ;;;;;; 38058 75002 0))
10075 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10077 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
10078 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10079 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10081 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10083 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
10084 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10085 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10086 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10087 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10089 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10091 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10092 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10093 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10094 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10095 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10096 executable.
10098 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10100 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
10101 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10102 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10104 \(fn)" t nil)
10106 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10107 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10108 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10109 file modes.
10111 \(fn)" nil nil)
10113 ;;;***
10115 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
10116 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10118 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10119 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10120 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10121 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10123 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10125 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10126 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10127 to generate such functions.
10129 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10130 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10131 beginning of the expanded text.
10133 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10134 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10135 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10136 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10138 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10140 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10142 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10143 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10144 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10146 \(fn)" nil nil)
10148 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10149 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10150 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10152 \(fn)" t nil)
10154 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10155 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10156 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10158 \(fn)" t nil)
10159 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10160 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10162 ;;;***
10164 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (20992 52525 458637
10165 ;;;;;; 0))
10166 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10168 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10169 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10170 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10172 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10173 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10174 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10176 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10178 Key definitions:
10179 \\{f90-mode-map}
10181 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10183 `f90-do-indent'
10184 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10185 `f90-if-indent'
10186 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10187 `f90-type-indent'
10188 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10189 `f90-program-indent'
10190 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10191 (default 2).
10192 `f90-associate-indent'
10193 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10194 `f90-critical-indent'
10195 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10196 `f90-continuation-indent'
10197 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10198 `f90-comment-region'
10199 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10200 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10201 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10202 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10203 (default \"!\").
10204 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10205 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10206 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10207 `f90-break-delimiters'
10208 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10209 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10210 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10211 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10212 (default t).
10213 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10214 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10215 `f90-smart-end'
10216 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10217 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
10218 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
10219 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10220 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10221 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
10222 `f90-leave-line-no'
10223 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10225 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10226 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10228 \(fn)" t nil)
10230 ;;;***
10232 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (20928 40842 890989
10233 ;;;;;; 0))
10234 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10236 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10237 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10238 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10239 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10241 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10242 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10243 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10244 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10245 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10247 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10248 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10249 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10250 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10251 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10252 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10253 attributes.
10255 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10256 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10258 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10260 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10261 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10262 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10263 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10265 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10267 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10268 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10269 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10270 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10272 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10273 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10274 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10276 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10277 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10278 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which means
10279 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10281 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10283 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10284 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10285 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10287 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10288 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10289 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10290 the same amount).
10292 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10294 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10295 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10296 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10298 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10299 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10300 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10301 will remove any scaling currently active.
10303 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10305 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10306 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10307 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10309 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10310 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10311 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10312 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10313 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10315 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10316 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10318 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10320 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10321 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10323 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10324 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10325 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10327 When adjusting with `+' or `-', continue to read input events and
10328 further adjust the face height as long as the input event read
10329 \(with all modifiers removed) is `+' or `-'.
10331 When adjusting with `0', immediately finish.
10333 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10334 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10335 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10336 will remove any scaling currently active.
10338 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10339 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10340 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10341 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10342 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10344 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10346 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10347 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10348 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10349 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10350 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10351 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10353 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10355 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10356 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10357 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10358 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10359 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10360 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10361 `buffer-face-mode'.
10363 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10364 local, and sets it to FACE.
10366 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10368 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10369 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10370 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10371 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10372 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10373 `face' text property.
10375 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10376 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
10377 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
10378 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10380 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10381 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10383 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10385 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10386 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10387 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10388 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10390 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10392 ;;;***
10394 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (21002 1963 769129
10395 ;;;;;; 0))
10396 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10397 (push (purecopy '(feedmail 11)) package--builtin-versions)
10398 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10399 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10400 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10401 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10403 \(fn)" nil nil)
10405 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10406 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10408 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10410 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10411 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10412 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10413 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10415 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10417 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10418 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10419 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10420 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10421 backup file names and the like).
10423 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10425 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10426 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10427 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10428 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10429 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10430 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10431 internally by feedmail):
10433 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10434 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10435 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10436 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10438 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10439 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10440 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10441 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10442 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10444 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10446 ;;;***
10448 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (20998 4934 952905 0))
10449 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10451 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10452 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10453 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10454 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10455 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10456 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10457 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
10459 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10461 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10462 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10463 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10464 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10465 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10466 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10467 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10469 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10471 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10473 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10474 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10475 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10476 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10477 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10478 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10480 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10482 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10483 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10484 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10485 Return value:
10486 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10487 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10488 * otherwise, nil
10490 \(fn E)" t nil)
10492 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10493 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10494 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10496 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10498 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10499 Try to get a file name at point.
10500 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10502 \(fn)" nil nil)
10504 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10505 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10507 \(fn)" t nil)
10509 ;;;***
10511 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (20998 4934 952905
10512 ;;;;;; 0))
10513 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10515 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10516 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10517 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10518 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10520 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10522 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10523 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10524 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10525 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10526 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10527 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10529 \(fn DIRECTORIES &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10531 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10532 Add FILE to the file cache.
10534 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10536 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10537 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10538 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10540 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10542 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10543 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10544 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10546 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10548 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10549 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10550 This function does not use any external programs.
10551 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10552 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10553 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10555 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10557 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10558 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10559 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10560 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10561 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10562 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10563 \(directories) is done.
10565 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10567 ;;;***
10569 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (20999 25770 522517
10570 ;;;;;; 0))
10571 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
10573 (autoload 'file-notify-handle-event "filenotify" "\
10574 Handle file system monitoring event.
10575 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback.
10576 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
10578 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10580 ;;;***
10582 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (20938 49065 383398
10583 ;;;;;; 0))
10584 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10586 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10587 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10589 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10590 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10591 Local Variables list.
10593 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10594 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10595 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10597 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10599 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10600 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10602 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10604 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10605 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10607 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10608 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10609 the -*- line.
10611 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10612 then this function adds it.
10614 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10616 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10617 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10619 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10621 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10622 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10624 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10626 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10627 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10629 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10631 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10632 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10634 \(fn)" t nil)
10636 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10637 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10639 \(fn)" t nil)
10641 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10642 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10644 \(fn)" t nil)
10646 ;;;***
10648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (20999 25770 522517
10649 ;;;;;; 0))
10650 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10652 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10653 Filesets initialization.
10654 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10656 \(fn)" nil nil)
10658 ;;;***
10660 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (20709 26818 907104
10661 ;;;;;; 0))
10662 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10663 (push (purecopy '(find-cmd 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
10664 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10665 Initiate the building of a find command.
10666 For example:
10668 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10669 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10670 (mtime \"+1\"))
10671 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10673 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10674 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10676 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10678 ;;;***
10680 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (20763 30266 231060
10681 ;;;;;; 0))
10682 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10684 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10685 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10686 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10688 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10690 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10691 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10693 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10695 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10696 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10697 and run dired on those files.
10698 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10699 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10701 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10703 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10705 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10706 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10707 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10709 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10710 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10712 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10713 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10715 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10717 ;;;***
10719 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (20999 25770 522517
10720 ;;;;;; 0))
10721 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10723 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10724 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10725 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10726 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10727 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10728 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10729 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10731 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10733 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10734 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10735 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10737 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10739 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10741 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10743 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10744 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10745 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10747 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10748 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10750 Variables of interest include:
10752 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10753 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10754 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10756 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10757 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10758 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10760 - `ff-ignore-include'
10761 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10763 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10764 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10766 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10767 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10769 - `ff-special-constructs'
10770 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10771 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10772 extracting the filename from that construct.
10774 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10775 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10777 - `ff-search-directories'
10778 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10779 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10781 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10782 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10784 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10785 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10787 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10788 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10790 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10791 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10793 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10794 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10796 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10798 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10799 Visit the file you click on.
10801 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10803 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10804 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10806 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10808 ;;;***
10810 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (20709
10811 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
10812 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10814 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10815 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10816 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10818 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10820 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10821 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10822 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10823 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10825 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10826 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10827 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10828 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10830 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10832 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10833 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10835 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10836 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10837 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10838 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10840 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10841 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10842 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10844 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10845 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10846 in `load-path'.
10848 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10850 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10851 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10853 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10854 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10855 places point before the definition.
10856 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10858 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10859 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10860 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10862 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10864 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10865 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10867 See `find-function' for more details.
10869 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10871 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10872 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10874 See `find-function' for more details.
10876 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10878 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10879 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10881 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10882 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10883 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10885 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10886 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10888 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10890 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10891 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10893 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10894 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10895 places point before the definition.
10897 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10899 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10900 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10901 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10903 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10905 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10906 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10908 See `find-variable' for more details.
10910 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10912 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10913 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10915 See `find-variable' for more details.
10917 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10919 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10920 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10921 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10922 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10923 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10924 buffer nor display it.
10926 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10927 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10929 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10931 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10932 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10934 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10935 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10936 places point before the definition.
10938 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10940 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10941 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10942 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10944 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10946 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10947 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10948 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10950 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10952 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10953 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10955 \(fn)" t nil)
10957 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10958 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10960 \(fn)" t nil)
10962 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10963 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10965 \(fn)" nil nil)
10967 ;;;***
10969 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (20993 35788 926781
10970 ;;;;;; 0))
10971 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10973 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10974 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10976 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10978 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10979 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10981 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10983 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10984 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
10986 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10988 ;;;***
10990 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (21031 2230 839140 0))
10991 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10992 (push (purecopy '(finder 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
10993 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
10994 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10996 \(fn)" t nil)
10998 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
10999 Display FILE's commentary section.
11000 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11002 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11004 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
11005 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11007 \(fn)" t nil)
11009 ;;;***
11011 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (20709 26818 907104
11012 ;;;;;; 0))
11013 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11015 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
11016 Toggle flow control handling.
11017 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11018 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11020 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11022 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
11023 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11024 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11025 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11026 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11027 to get the effect of a C-q.
11029 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11031 ;;;***
11033 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el" (20709 26818
11034 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
11035 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11037 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
11040 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11042 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
11045 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
11047 ;;;***
11049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (21019 11047
11050 ;;;;;; 84796 0))
11051 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11052 (push (purecopy '(flymake 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
11053 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
11054 Toggle on-the-fly syntax checking.
11055 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11056 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11057 if ARG is omitted or nil.
11059 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11061 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
11062 Turn flymake mode on.
11064 \(fn)" nil nil)
11066 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
11067 Turn flymake mode off.
11069 \(fn)" nil nil)
11071 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
11074 \(fn)" nil nil)
11076 ;;;***
11078 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (20847 51240
11079 ;;;;;; 240216 0))
11080 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11082 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
11083 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11085 \(fn)" t nil)
11086 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
11088 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11089 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
11090 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
11091 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11092 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11094 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
11095 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
11096 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11098 Bindings:
11099 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11100 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11101 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11102 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11104 Hooks:
11105 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11107 Remark:
11108 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11109 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11110 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11112 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11113 consider adding:
11114 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11115 in your init file.
11117 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11118 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11120 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11122 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11123 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11125 \(fn)" nil nil)
11127 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11128 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11130 \(fn)" nil nil)
11132 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11133 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11135 \(fn)" nil nil)
11137 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11138 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11140 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11142 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11143 Flyspell whole buffer.
11145 \(fn)" t nil)
11147 ;;;***
11149 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (20709 26818 907104
11150 ;;;;;; 0))
11151 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
11152 (push (purecopy '(foldout 1 10)) package--builtin-versions)
11153 ;;;***
11155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (21049 14338 391345 0))
11156 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11158 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11159 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11161 \(fn)" nil nil)
11163 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11164 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11166 \(fn)" nil nil)
11168 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11169 Toggle Follow mode.
11170 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11171 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11172 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11174 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11175 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11177 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11178 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11179 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11181 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11182 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11183 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11184 movement commands.
11186 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11187 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11188 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11189 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11190 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11191 mileage may vary).
11193 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11194 `\\[split-window-right]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11196 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11198 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11200 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11201 \\{follow-mode-map}
11203 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11205 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11206 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11208 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11209 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11210 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11211 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11212 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11213 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11215 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11216 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11217 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11219 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11221 ;;;***
11223 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (20709 26818
11224 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
11225 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11226 (push (purecopy '(footnote 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
11227 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11228 Toggle Footnote mode.
11229 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11230 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11231 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11233 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11234 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11235 play around with the following keys:
11236 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11238 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11240 ;;;***
11242 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (20999 25770 522517 0))
11243 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11245 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11246 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11248 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11249 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11250 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11251 C-c < forms-first-record <
11252 C-c > forms-last-record >
11253 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11254 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11255 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11256 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11257 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11258 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11259 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11260 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11261 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11262 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11264 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11266 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11267 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11269 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11271 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11272 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11274 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11276 ;;;***
11278 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (20992 52525
11279 ;;;;;; 458637 0))
11280 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11282 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11283 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11284 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11286 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11287 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11289 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11291 Key definitions:
11292 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11294 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11296 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11297 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11298 `fortran-do-indent'
11299 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11300 `fortran-if-indent'
11301 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11302 `fortran-structure-indent'
11303 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11304 (default 3)
11305 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11306 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11307 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11308 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11309 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11310 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11311 nil don't change the indentation
11312 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11313 value of either
11314 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11315 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11316 depending on the continuation format in use.
11317 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11318 indentation for a line of code.
11319 (default 'fixed)
11320 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11321 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11322 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11323 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11324 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11325 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11326 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11327 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11328 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11329 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11330 column 5.
11331 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11332 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11333 statements (default nil).
11334 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11335 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11336 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11337 `fortran-continuation-string'
11338 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11339 line (default \"$\").
11340 `fortran-comment-region'
11341 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11342 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11343 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11344 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11345 as typed (default t).
11346 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11347 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11349 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11350 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11352 \(fn)" t nil)
11354 ;;;***
11356 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (20765 36517 595445
11357 ;;;;;; 191000))
11358 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11360 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11361 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11363 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11364 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11366 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11368 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11369 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11371 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11372 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11374 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11376 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11377 Compile fortune file.
11379 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11380 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11382 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11384 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11385 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11387 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11388 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11389 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11390 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11392 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11394 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11395 Display a fortune cookie.
11396 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11397 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11398 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11399 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11401 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11403 ;;;***
11405 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (21005 64551 555603
11406 ;;;;;; 0))
11407 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
11409 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
11410 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
11411 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11413 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-id . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
11414 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
11415 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11417 (defvar frameset-filter-alist frameset-persistent-filter-alist "\
11418 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
11420 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
11421 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
11423 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
11424 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
11425 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
11426 intend to modify existing values, do
11428 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
11430 before changing anything.
11432 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
11433 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
11435 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
11436 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
11437 to restore the frame.
11439 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
11440 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
11441 parameter), and ACTION can be:
11443 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
11444 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
11445 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
11446 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
11447 FILTER A filter function.
11449 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
11450 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
11452 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
11454 where
11456 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
11457 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
11458 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
11459 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
11460 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
11461 before restoring it.
11462 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
11464 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
11465 It must return:
11466 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
11467 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
11468 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
11470 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
11471 defined with ACTION = nil.")
11473 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id "frameset" "\
11474 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
11475 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
11476 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
11477 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
11478 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
11479 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
11481 \(fn FRAME)" nil nil)
11483 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id-equal-p "frameset" "\
11484 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
11486 \(fn FRAME ID)" nil nil)
11488 (autoload 'frameset-frame-with-id "frameset" "\
11489 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
11490 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
11491 If nil, check all live frames.
11493 \(fn ID &optional FRAME-LIST)" nil nil)
11495 (autoload 'frameset-save "frameset" "\
11496 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
11497 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
11498 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
11499 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
11500 `frameset' defstruct for details.
11501 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
11502 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11503 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
11504 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
11505 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
11507 \(fn FRAME-LIST &key APP NAME DESCRIPTION FILTERS PREDICATE PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
11509 (autoload 'frameset-restore "frameset" "\
11510 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
11512 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
11513 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
11514 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
11515 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
11516 and window-state is not restored.
11518 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
11519 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11521 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to use to reuse frames when restoring:
11522 t Reuse existing frames if possible, and delete those not reused.
11523 nil Restore frameset in new frames and delete existing frames.
11524 :keep Restore frameset in new frames and keep the existing ones.
11525 LIST A list of frames to reuse; only these are reused (if possible).
11526 Remaining frames in this list are deleted; other frames not
11527 included on the list are left untouched.
11529 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
11530 t Frames are restored in the current display.
11531 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
11532 :delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
11533 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
11534 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
11535 `:delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
11536 be created from that parameter alist.
11538 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
11539 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
11540 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
11541 :all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
11542 PRED A function called with three arguments,
11543 - the live frame just restored,
11544 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
11545 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
11546 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
11548 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
11549 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
11550 being restored before that happens; and FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
11551 it has been restored.
11553 All keyword parameters default to nil.
11555 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN)" nil nil)
11557 (autoload 'frameset-to-register "frameset" "\
11558 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
11559 Use \\[jump-to-register] to restore the frameset.
11560 Argument is a character, naming the register.
11562 \(fn REGISTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
11564 ;;;***
11566 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (20752 26925
11567 ;;;;;; 124734 677000))
11568 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
11569 (push (purecopy '(gamegrid 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11570 ;;;***
11572 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (21042 58928
11573 ;;;;;; 39127 0))
11574 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11576 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11577 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11578 See the command `gdb-enable-debug' for a description of this minor mode.")
11580 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11582 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11583 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11584 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11585 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11586 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11587 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11588 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11590 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11592 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11593 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11594 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11595 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11597 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11598 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11599 executable followed by command line options. The command line
11600 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11601 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11603 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11604 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11605 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11606 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11608 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11609 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11610 shown in some of the buffers.
11612 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11614 The following commands help control operation :
11616 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11617 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11619 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11620 detailed description of this mode.
11623 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11624 | GDB Toolbar |
11625 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11626 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11627 | | |
11628 | | |
11629 | | |
11630 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11631 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11632 | | (comint-mode) |
11633 | | |
11634 | | |
11635 | | |
11636 | | |
11637 | | |
11638 | | |
11639 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11640 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11641 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11642 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11643 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11644 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11646 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11648 ;;;***
11650 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (20928 13222
11651 ;;;;;; 500272 0))
11652 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11654 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11655 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11656 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11657 instead (which see).")
11659 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11660 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11662 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11663 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11664 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11665 documentation string instead.
11667 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11668 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11669 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11670 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11671 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11672 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11673 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11674 enders are actually possible.
11676 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11677 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11679 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11680 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11681 `font-lock-keywords'.
11683 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11684 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11685 runs the macro expansion.
11687 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11688 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11689 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11691 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11693 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11695 (put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11697 (put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11699 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11700 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11702 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11704 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11705 Enter generic mode MODE.
11707 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11708 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11709 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11711 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11712 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11714 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11716 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11717 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11718 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11719 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11720 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11721 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11722 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11723 `font-lock-keywords'.
11725 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11727 (make-obsolete 'generic-make-keywords-list 'regexp-opt '"24.4")
11729 ;;;***
11731 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (20709 26818
11732 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
11733 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11735 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11736 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11737 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11738 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11739 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11740 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11742 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11744 ;;;***
11746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (20709 26818
11747 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
11748 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11750 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11751 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11752 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11754 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11756 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11757 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11759 Guideline for numbers:
11760 1 - error messages
11761 3 - non-serious error messages
11762 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11763 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11764 9 - messages inside loops.
11766 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11768 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11769 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11770 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11772 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11774 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11775 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11777 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11779 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11780 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11782 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11783 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11784 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11785 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11786 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11787 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11789 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11790 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11791 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11792 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11793 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11795 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11797 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11799 ;;;***
11801 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (21002 1963 769129 0))
11802 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11803 (push (purecopy '(gnus 5 13)) package--builtin-versions)(when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11804 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11806 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11807 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11809 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11811 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11812 Read network news.
11813 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11814 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11815 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11816 name of an NNTP server to use.
11817 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11818 server.
11820 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11822 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11823 Read news as a slave.
11825 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11827 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11828 Pop up a frame to read news.
11829 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11830 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11831 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
11832 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
11833 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11834 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11835 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11836 current display is used.
11838 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11840 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11841 Read network news.
11842 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11843 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11844 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11846 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11848 ;;;***
11850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (21048 47760
11851 ;;;;;; 436258 0))
11852 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11854 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11855 Start Gnus unplugged.
11857 \(fn)" t nil)
11859 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11860 Start Gnus plugged.
11862 \(fn)" t nil)
11864 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11865 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11867 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11869 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11870 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11872 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11873 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11874 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11876 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11877 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11878 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11880 \(fn)" t nil)
11882 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11883 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11885 \(fn)" nil nil)
11887 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11888 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11889 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11890 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11891 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11892 supported.
11894 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11896 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11897 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11898 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11899 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11900 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11901 supported.
11903 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11905 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11906 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11908 \(fn)" nil nil)
11910 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11911 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11912 downloaded into the agent.
11914 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11916 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11917 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11918 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11919 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11921 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11923 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11924 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11926 \(fn)" t nil)
11928 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11929 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11931 \(fn)" t nil)
11933 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11934 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11935 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
11937 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11939 ;;;***
11941 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (21040 17194
11942 ;;;;;; 398147 0))
11943 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11945 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11946 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11948 \(fn)" nil nil)
11950 ;;;***
11952 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (21040
11953 ;;;;;; 17194 398147 0))
11954 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11956 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11957 Set a bookmark for this article.
11959 \(fn)" t nil)
11961 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11962 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11964 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11966 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11967 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11968 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11969 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11970 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11972 \(fn)" t nil)
11974 ;;;***
11976 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (20709 26818
11977 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
11978 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11980 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11981 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11983 Usage:
11984 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11986 \(fn)" t nil)
11988 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11989 Generate the cache active file.
11991 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11993 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11994 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11996 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11998 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11999 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12000 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12001 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
12002 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12003 supported.
12005 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12007 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
12008 Delete GROUP from the cache.
12009 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12010 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
12011 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12012 supported.
12014 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12016 ;;;***
12018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (20988 22031
12019 ;;;;;; 837044 0))
12020 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
12022 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
12023 Delay this article by some time.
12024 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
12026 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
12027 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
12029 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
12030 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
12032 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
12033 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
12035 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
12037 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
12038 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
12040 \(fn)" t nil)
12042 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
12043 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
12044 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
12045 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
12047 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
12048 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
12050 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
12052 ;;;***
12054 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (20709 26818
12055 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
12056 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12058 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
12061 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12063 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
12066 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12068 ;;;***
12070 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (20709 26818
12071 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
12072 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12074 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
12075 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12077 \(fn)" t nil)
12079 ;;;***
12081 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (20709 26818
12082 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
12083 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12085 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
12086 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12088 \(fn)" t nil)
12090 ;;;***
12092 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (20709 26818
12093 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
12094 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12096 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
12097 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12099 \(fn)" t nil)
12101 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12102 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12104 \(fn)" t nil)
12106 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12107 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
12109 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12110 different input formats.
12112 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12114 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12115 Return a Face header based on an image file.
12117 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12118 different input formats.
12120 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12122 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12123 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12124 The PNG is returned as a string.
12126 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12128 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12129 Convert FILE to a Face.
12130 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12131 726 bytes.
12133 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12135 ;;;***
12137 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (20874
12138 ;;;;;; 65006 176325 548000))
12139 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12141 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12142 Display gravatar in the From header.
12143 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12145 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12147 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12148 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12149 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12151 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12153 ;;;***
12155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (21040 17194
12156 ;;;;;; 398147 0))
12157 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12159 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12160 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12161 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12162 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12164 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12166 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12167 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12169 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12171 ;;;***
12173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (21042 58928
12174 ;;;;;; 39127 0))
12175 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12177 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
12180 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
12182 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
12185 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12187 ;;;***
12189 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (21040 17194
12190 ;;;;;; 398147 0))
12191 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12193 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12195 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12196 Run batched scoring.
12197 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12199 \(fn)" t nil)
12201 ;;;***
12203 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (20709 26818 907104
12204 ;;;;;; 0))
12205 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12207 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12210 \(fn)" nil nil)
12212 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12213 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12214 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12216 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12218 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12219 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12221 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12223 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12225 ;;;***
12227 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (20709 26818
12228 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
12229 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12231 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12232 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12233 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12234 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12235 group parameters.
12237 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12238 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12239 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12240 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12242 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12243 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12244 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12245 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12246 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12247 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12248 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12249 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12250 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12251 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12253 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12255 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12256 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12257 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12258 nil CATCH-ALL).
12260 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12261 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12263 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12265 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12266 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12267 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12269 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12271 \(fn)" nil nil)
12273 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12274 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12275 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12277 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12279 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12280 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12281 existing groups are considered.
12283 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12284 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12285 returned.
12287 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12288 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12289 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12290 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12291 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12292 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12293 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12294 clauses will be generated.
12296 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12297 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12298 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12299 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12300 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12301 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12303 For example, given the following group parameters:
12305 nnml:mail.bar:
12306 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12307 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12308 nnml:mail.foo:
12309 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12310 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12311 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12312 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12313 nnml:mail.others:
12314 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12316 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12318 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12319 \"mail.bar\")
12320 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12321 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12322 \"mail.others\")
12324 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12326 ;;;***
12328 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (20974 22577
12329 ;;;;;; 548213 0))
12330 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12332 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12333 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12334 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12335 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12336 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12337 instead.
12339 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12341 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12342 Mail to ADDRESS.
12344 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12346 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12347 Like `message-reply'.
12349 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12351 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12353 ;;;***
12355 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12356 ;;;;;; (20886 939 575794 0))
12357 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12359 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12360 Send a notification on new message.
12361 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12362 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12363 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12365 This is typically a function to add in
12366 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12368 \(fn)" nil nil)
12370 ;;;***
12372 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (20874 65006
12373 ;;;;;; 672942 217000))
12374 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12376 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12377 Display picons in the From header.
12378 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12380 \(fn)" t nil)
12382 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12383 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12384 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12386 \(fn)" t nil)
12388 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12389 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12390 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12392 \(fn)" t nil)
12394 ;;;***
12396 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (20709 26818
12397 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
12398 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12400 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12401 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12402 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12403 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12405 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12407 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12408 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12409 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12410 LIST1 is modified.
12412 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12414 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12415 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12416 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12418 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12420 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12423 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12425 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12426 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12427 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12429 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12431 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12432 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12433 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12435 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12437 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12439 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12440 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12441 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12443 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12445 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12446 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12447 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12449 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12451 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12452 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12453 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12455 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12457 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12458 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12460 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12462 ;;;***
12464 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (20955
12465 ;;;;;; 58152 201869 0))
12466 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12468 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12469 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12471 \(fn)" t nil)
12473 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12474 Install the registry hooks.
12476 \(fn)" t nil)
12478 ;;;***
12480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (20709 26818
12481 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
12482 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12484 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12485 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12486 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12487 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12488 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12489 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12491 \(fn)" t nil)
12493 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12494 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12495 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12496 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12497 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12499 \(fn)" t nil)
12501 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12504 \(fn)" t nil)
12506 ;;;***
12508 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (21042 58928
12509 ;;;;;; 39127 0))
12510 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12512 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12513 Update the format specification near point.
12515 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12517 ;;;***
12519 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (20986 60038
12520 ;;;;;; 720063 0))
12521 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12523 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12524 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12526 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12528 ;;;***
12530 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (21048 47760
12531 ;;;;;; 436258 0))
12532 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12534 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12535 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12536 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12538 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12540 ;;;***
12542 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (20709 26818
12543 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
12544 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12546 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12547 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12549 \(fn)" t nil)
12551 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12552 Install the sync hooks.
12554 \(fn)" t nil)
12556 ;;;***
12558 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (20709 26818
12559 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
12560 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12562 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12563 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12565 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12567 ;;;***
12569 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (21049 14338 391345
12570 ;;;;;; 0))
12571 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12573 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12574 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12575 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12576 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12577 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12578 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12580 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12582 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12584 ;;;***
12586 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (20992 52525 458637
12587 ;;;;;; 0))
12588 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12590 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12591 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12593 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12594 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12595 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12597 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12598 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12599 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12601 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12602 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12604 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12605 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12607 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12609 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12611 ;;;***
12613 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (20766 6456
12614 ;;;;;; 368550 0))
12615 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12617 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12619 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12620 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12621 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12622 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12623 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12625 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12627 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12628 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12629 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12630 or to send e-mail.
12631 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12632 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12634 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12635 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12637 \(fn)" t nil)
12638 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12640 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12641 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12642 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12643 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12644 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12646 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12648 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12649 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12651 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12653 ;;;***
12655 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (20901 54695
12656 ;;;;;; 989166 0))
12657 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12659 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12660 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12661 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12663 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12665 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12666 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12668 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12670 ;;;***
12672 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (20896 36774 886399
12673 ;;;;;; 0))
12674 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12676 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12677 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12679 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12681 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12682 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12683 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12684 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12685 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12687 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12688 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12689 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12691 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12693 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12694 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12695 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12696 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12697 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12699 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12701 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12702 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12704 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12706 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)\\2" 1 3 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12707 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12709 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12710 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12711 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12713 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12714 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12715 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12717 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12718 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12719 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12720 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12722 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12723 How to invoke find and grep.
12724 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12725 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12726 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12727 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12729 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12731 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12732 History list for grep.")
12734 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12735 History list for grep-find.")
12737 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12738 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12739 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12741 \(fn)" nil nil)
12743 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12746 \(fn)" nil nil)
12748 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12749 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12751 \(fn)" nil nil)
12753 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12754 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12755 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12756 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where grep found
12757 matches. To kill the grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12759 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12760 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12762 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12763 can easily repeat a grep command.
12765 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12766 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12767 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12768 list is empty).
12770 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12772 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12773 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12774 Collect output in a buffer.
12775 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12776 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12778 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12779 easily repeat a find command.
12781 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12783 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12785 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12786 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12787 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12788 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12789 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12791 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12792 before it is executed.
12793 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12795 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12796 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12797 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12799 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12801 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12803 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12804 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12805 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12806 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12807 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12809 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12810 before it is executed.
12811 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12813 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
12814 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12815 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
12816 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12818 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12820 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12821 to specify a command to run.
12823 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12825 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12826 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12827 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12828 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12830 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM GREP-FIND-TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12832 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12834 ;;;***
12836 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gs" "gs.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
12837 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12839 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12840 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12841 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12842 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12843 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12845 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12847 ;;;***
12849 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (21049 14338 391345
12850 ;;;;;; 0))
12851 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12853 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12854 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12855 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12856 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12858 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12860 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12861 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12862 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12863 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12865 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12867 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12868 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12869 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12870 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12872 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12874 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12875 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12876 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12877 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12879 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12880 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12882 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12884 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12885 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12886 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12887 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12889 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12891 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12892 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12893 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12894 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12896 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12898 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12899 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12900 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12901 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12902 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12904 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12905 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12906 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12907 original source file access method.
12909 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12910 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12912 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12914 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12915 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12917 \(fn)" t nil)
12919 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12920 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12921 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12922 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12923 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12924 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12926 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12928 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12929 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12930 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
12931 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12932 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
12934 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12936 ;;;***
12938 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (21031 51082 798722
12939 ;;;;;; 0))
12940 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
12942 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
12943 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
12944 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
12945 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
12946 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
12947 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
12948 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
12949 set it to.
12950 DO must return an Elisp expression.
12952 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
12954 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
12955 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
12956 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
12957 of PLACE.
12958 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
12959 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
12960 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
12961 and SETTER.
12962 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
12963 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
12965 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
12967 (put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12969 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
12970 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
12971 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
12972 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
12973 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
12975 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
12977 (put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
12979 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
12982 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
12984 (push `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)) defun-declarations-alist)
12986 (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist)
12988 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
12989 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12990 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12991 well for simple place forms.
12992 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
12993 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
12994 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
12995 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
12996 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
12997 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
12998 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) `(aset ,a ,i ,v))
13000 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
13002 (put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
13004 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
13005 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
13006 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
13007 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
13008 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
13010 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
13011 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
13012 (let ((temp VAL))
13013 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
13014 temp)
13015 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
13017 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
13019 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
13020 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
13021 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
13022 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
13023 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
13024 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
13026 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
13028 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
13030 (autoload 'gv-ref "gv" "\
13031 Return a reference to PLACE.
13032 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
13034 \(fn PLACE)" nil t)
13036 ;;;***
13038 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (20791 9657
13039 ;;;;;; 561026 0))
13040 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
13042 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
13043 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
13044 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
13045 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
13047 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
13048 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
13049 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
13050 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
13052 \(fn)" t nil)
13054 ;;;***
13056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (20478 3673 653810
13057 ;;;;;; 0))
13058 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
13060 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
13061 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
13063 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
13065 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
13066 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
13067 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
13068 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
13070 Repent before ring 31 moves.
13072 \(fn)" t nil)
13074 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
13075 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
13076 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
13077 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
13078 to be updated.
13080 \(fn)" t nil)
13082 ;;;***
13084 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (20709 26818
13085 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
13086 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
13088 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
13089 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13091 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13093 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13094 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13095 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
13097 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13099 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
13100 Verify a hashcash payment
13102 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
13104 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
13105 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13106 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13107 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
13108 `mail-add-payment-async').
13110 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
13112 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13113 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13114 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13115 Calculation is asynchronous.
13117 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13119 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
13120 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13121 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13123 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13125 ;;;***
13127 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (20709 26818 907104
13128 ;;;;;; 0))
13129 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13131 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13132 Return the help-echo string at point.
13133 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13134 property, or nil, is returned.
13135 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13136 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13137 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13139 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13141 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13142 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13143 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13144 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13145 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13147 \(fn)" nil nil)
13149 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13150 Display local help in the echo area.
13151 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13152 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13153 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13154 printed instead.
13156 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13157 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13158 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13160 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13162 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13163 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13164 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13166 \(fn)" t nil)
13168 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13169 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13170 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13172 \(fn)" t nil)
13174 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13175 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13176 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13177 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13178 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13179 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13180 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13181 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13182 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13183 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13184 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13186 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13187 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13188 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13189 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13190 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13192 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13193 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13194 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13195 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13196 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13197 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13198 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13199 The default is `never'.")
13201 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13203 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13204 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13205 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13206 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13207 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13208 considered different regions.
13210 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13211 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13212 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13213 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13214 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13215 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13216 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13217 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13218 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13220 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13222 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13223 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13224 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13225 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13226 different regions.
13228 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13229 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13230 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13231 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13232 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13233 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13234 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13235 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13237 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13238 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13239 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13240 rarely happens in practice.
13242 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13244 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13245 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13246 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13247 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13248 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13249 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13251 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13253 ;;;***
13255 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (20924 16196 967284
13256 ;;;;;; 0))
13257 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13259 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13260 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13262 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13264 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13265 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13266 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13268 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13270 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13271 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13272 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13273 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13274 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13275 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13276 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
13277 search for a function definition.
13279 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13280 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13281 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13282 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13283 suitable file is found, return nil.
13285 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13287 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13290 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13292 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13293 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13294 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13295 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13297 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13299 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13300 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13301 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13302 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13303 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13304 it is displayed along with the global value.
13306 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13308 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13309 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13310 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13311 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13313 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13315 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13316 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13317 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13318 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13319 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13321 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13323 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13324 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13326 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13328 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13329 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13331 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13333 ;;;***
13335 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (20992 52525 458637
13336 ;;;;;; 0))
13337 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13339 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13340 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13341 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13342 window listing and describing the options.
13343 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13344 gives the window that lists the options.")
13346 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13348 ;;;***
13350 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (21048 47760 436258
13351 ;;;;;; 0))
13352 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13354 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13355 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13356 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13357 Commands:
13358 \\{help-mode-map}
13360 \(fn)" t nil)
13362 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13365 \(fn)" nil nil)
13367 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13370 \(fn)" nil nil)
13372 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13373 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13375 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13376 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13377 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13378 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13380 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13381 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13382 restore it properly when going back.
13384 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13386 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13387 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13388 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13389 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13390 from `help-mode'.
13391 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13392 it does not already exist.
13394 \(fn)" nil nil)
13396 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13397 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13399 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13400 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13401 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13402 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13403 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13404 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13405 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13406 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13408 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13409 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13410 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13411 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13413 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13414 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13415 that.
13417 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13419 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13420 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13421 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13422 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13423 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13424 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13426 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13428 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13429 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13430 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13431 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13432 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13434 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13436 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13437 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13439 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13441 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13442 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13443 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13444 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13446 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13448 ;;;***
13450 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (20992 52525
13451 ;;;;;; 458637 0))
13452 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13454 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13455 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13457 \(fn)" t nil)
13459 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13460 Provide help for current mode.
13462 \(fn)" t nil)
13464 ;;;***
13466 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (20763 30266 231060 0))
13467 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13469 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13470 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13471 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13472 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13473 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13475 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13476 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13478 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13479 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13480 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13481 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits) and as their ASCII values.
13483 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13484 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13485 periods.
13487 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13488 in hexl format.
13490 A sample format:
13492 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13493 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13494 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13495 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13496 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13497 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13498 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13499 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13500 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13501 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13502 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13503 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13504 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13505 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13506 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13508 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13509 cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13510 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
13512 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13513 also supported.
13515 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13517 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13518 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13519 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13521 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13522 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13523 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13525 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13526 into the buffer at the current point.
13528 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13529 into the buffer at the current point.
13531 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13532 into the buffer at the current point.
13534 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13536 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13537 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13539 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13541 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13543 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13545 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13546 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13547 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13548 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13550 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13552 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13553 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13554 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13556 \(fn)" t nil)
13558 ;;;***
13560 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (20908 27948 216644
13561 ;;;;;; 0))
13562 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13564 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13565 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13566 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13567 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13568 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13570 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13571 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13572 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13573 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13575 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13576 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13577 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13578 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13580 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13581 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
13582 which can be called interactively, are:
13584 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13585 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13587 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13588 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13589 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13590 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13592 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13593 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13595 \\[highlight-symbol-at-point]
13596 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
13597 available face automatically.
13599 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13600 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13602 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13603 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13604 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13605 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13606 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13607 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13608 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13609 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13610 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13611 function returns t.
13613 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13614 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13616 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13617 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13618 form:
13619 Hi-lock: FOO
13621 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13622 position (number of characters into buffer)
13623 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13624 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13625 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13627 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13629 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13630 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13631 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13632 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13633 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13634 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13636 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13638 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13639 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13640 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13641 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13642 ARG is omitted or nil.
13644 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13645 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13646 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13648 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13650 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13652 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13653 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13654 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Use
13655 `hi-lock-read-regexp-defaults-function' to retrieve default
13656 value(s) of REGEXP. Use the global history list for FACE.
13658 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13659 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13660 highlighting will not update as you type.
13662 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13664 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13666 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13667 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13668 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Use
13669 `hi-lock-read-regexp-defaults-function' to retrieve default
13670 value(s) REGEXP. Use the global history list for FACE.
13672 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13673 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13674 highlighting will not update as you type.
13676 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13678 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13680 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13681 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13682 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Use
13683 `hi-lock-read-regexp-defaults-function' to retrieve default
13684 value(s) of REGEXP. Use the global history list for FACE. When
13685 called interactively, replace whitespace in user provided regexp
13686 with arbitrary whitespace and make initial lower-case letters
13687 case-insensitive before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
13689 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13690 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13691 highlighting will not update as you type.
13693 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13695 (defalias 'highlight-symbol-at-point 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point)
13697 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point "hi-lock" "\
13698 Set face of each match of the symbol at point.
13699 Use `find-tag-default-as-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
13700 Use non-nil `hi-lock-auto-select-face' to retrieve the next face
13701 from `hi-lock-face-defaults' automatically.
13703 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight symbol at point.
13704 Otherwise, use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used,
13705 the highlighting will not update as you type.
13707 \(fn)" t nil)
13709 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13711 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13712 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13713 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13714 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13715 If REGEXP is t (or if \\[universal-argument] was specified interactively),
13716 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
13718 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13720 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13721 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13723 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13724 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13725 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13727 \(fn)" t nil)
13729 ;;;***
13731 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (20709 26818
13732 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
13733 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13735 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13736 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13737 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13738 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13739 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13741 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13742 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13743 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13744 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13746 `hide-ifdef-env'
13747 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13748 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13749 is used.
13751 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13752 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13753 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13754 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13755 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13757 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13758 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13759 #endif lines when hiding.
13761 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13762 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13763 is activated.
13765 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13766 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13767 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13769 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13771 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13773 ;;;***
13775 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (20791 9657
13776 ;;;;;; 561026 0))
13777 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13779 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13780 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13781 Each element has the form
13782 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13784 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13785 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13787 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13788 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13790 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13791 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13792 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13793 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13794 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13795 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13797 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13798 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13800 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13801 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13803 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13804 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13805 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13807 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13808 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13809 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13810 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13811 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13813 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13814 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13815 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13817 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13818 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13819 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13821 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13822 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13824 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13826 Key bindings:
13827 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13829 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13831 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13832 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13834 \(fn)" nil nil)
13836 ;;;***
13838 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (20992 52525 458637
13839 ;;;;;; 0))
13840 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13842 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13843 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13844 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13845 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
13846 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13848 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13849 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13850 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggles
13851 this on and off.
13853 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13854 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13855 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13856 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13857 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13858 through various faces.
13859 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13860 buffer with the contents of a file
13861 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13863 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13865 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13866 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13867 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13868 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
13869 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13871 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13872 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13873 in a distinctive face.
13875 The default value can be customized with variable
13876 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13878 This command does not itself set highlight-changes mode.
13880 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13882 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13883 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13884 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13886 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13888 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13889 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13891 \(fn)" t nil)
13893 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13894 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13896 \(fn)" t nil)
13898 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13899 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13901 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13902 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13903 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13904 shown in the last face in the list.
13906 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13907 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13908 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13910 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13912 \(fn)" t nil)
13914 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13915 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13917 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13919 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13920 to save the file.
13922 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13923 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13925 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13926 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13927 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13929 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13931 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13932 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13934 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13935 this function is called interactively.
13937 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13938 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13939 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13941 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13942 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13943 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13945 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13947 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13948 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13949 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13950 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13951 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13952 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13954 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13956 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13957 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
13958 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
13959 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13960 ARG is omitted or nil.
13962 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13963 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13964 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13966 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13968 ;;;***
13970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (20992 52525 458637
13971 ;;;;;; 0))
13972 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13973 (push (purecopy '(hippie-exp 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
13974 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13975 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13976 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13977 or insert functions in this list.")
13979 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13981 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13982 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13983 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13984 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13985 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13986 expansions.
13987 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13988 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13989 undoes the expansion.
13991 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13993 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13994 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13995 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13996 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13998 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
14000 ;;;***
14002 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (20992 52525 458637
14003 ;;;;;; 0))
14004 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
14006 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
14007 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
14008 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
14009 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14010 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14012 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
14013 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
14014 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
14015 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
14016 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
14017 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
14019 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
14020 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
14021 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
14022 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
14024 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14026 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
14027 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
14028 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14029 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14030 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14031 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
14033 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
14035 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
14036 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
14037 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
14038 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14039 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14041 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
14042 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
14043 windows.
14045 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
14046 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
14048 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14050 ;;;***
14052 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (20709 26818
14053 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
14054 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
14056 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
14058 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
14059 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
14060 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14062 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
14064 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14066 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
14068 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
14069 Oriental holidays.
14070 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14072 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
14074 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14076 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
14078 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
14079 Local holidays.
14080 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14082 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
14084 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14086 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
14088 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
14089 User defined holidays.
14090 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14092 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
14094 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14096 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
14097 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14099 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
14101 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
14102 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14104 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
14106 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (mapcar 'purecopy '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
14107 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14109 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
14111 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
14112 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14114 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
14116 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
14118 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
14119 Jewish holidays.
14120 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14122 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
14124 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14126 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
14128 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
14129 Christian holidays.
14130 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14132 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
14134 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14136 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
14138 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14139 Islamic holidays.
14140 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14142 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
14144 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14146 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
14148 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá'u'lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá'u'lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Bahá"))))) "\
14149 Bahá'í holidays.
14150 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14152 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
14154 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14156 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
14158 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14159 Sun-related holidays.
14160 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14162 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
14164 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14166 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14168 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14169 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14170 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14171 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14173 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14175 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14176 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14177 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14178 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14179 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14181 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14182 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14184 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14185 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14187 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14188 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14189 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14190 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14191 of a holiday list.
14193 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14195 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14197 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14199 ;;;***
14201 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (20791 9657
14202 ;;;;;; 561026 0))
14203 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14205 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14206 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14208 \(fn)" t nil)
14210 ;;;***
14212 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (20938 49065
14213 ;;;;;; 383398 0))
14214 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14215 (push (purecopy '(htmlfontify 0 21)) package--builtin-versions)
14216 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14217 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14218 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14219 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14220 as possible.
14222 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14223 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14224 fontified display.
14226 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14227 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14229 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14230 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14231 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14233 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14235 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14236 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14237 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14239 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14241 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14243 ;;;***
14245 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (20709 26818 907104
14246 ;;;;;; 0))
14247 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14249 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14250 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14252 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14253 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14254 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14256 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14257 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14258 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14259 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14260 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14261 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14263 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14264 title of the column.
14266 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14267 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14268 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14269 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14270 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14272 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14274 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14275 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14276 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14277 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14278 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14280 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14281 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14282 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14284 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14286 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14287 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14288 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14289 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14290 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14291 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14293 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14294 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14295 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14296 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14297 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14298 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14299 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14300 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14301 values are:
14302 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14303 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14304 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14305 buffer's modification flag.
14306 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14307 prompted before performing this operation.
14308 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14309 operation is complete, in the form:
14310 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14311 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14312 confirmation message, in the form:
14313 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14314 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14315 macro for exactly what it does.
14317 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14319 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14320 Define a filter named NAME.
14321 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14322 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14323 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14325 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14326 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14327 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14328 bound to the current value of the filter.
14330 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14332 ;;;***
14334 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (21045 35440 130128
14335 ;;;;;; 609000))
14336 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14338 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14339 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14340 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14341 buffers which are visiting a file.
14343 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14345 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14346 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14347 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14348 buffers which are visiting a file.
14350 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14352 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14353 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14354 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14356 All arguments are optional.
14357 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14358 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14359 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14360 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14361 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14362 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14363 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14364 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14365 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14366 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14367 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14368 that value locally in this buffer.
14370 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14372 ;;;***
14374 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (20709
14375 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
14376 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14377 (push (purecopy '(icalendar 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
14378 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14379 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14380 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14381 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14383 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14385 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14386 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14387 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14388 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14389 ICAL-FILENAME.
14390 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14391 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14392 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14394 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14396 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14397 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14398 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14399 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14400 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14401 non-marking or not.
14403 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14405 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14406 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14408 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14409 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14410 DIARY-FILE.
14412 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14413 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14414 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14416 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14417 non-marking.
14419 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14420 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14421 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14423 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14425 ;;;***
14427 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (21047 23047 743647
14428 ;;;;;; 0))
14429 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14431 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14432 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14433 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14434 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14435 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14436 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14438 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14440 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14441 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14442 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14443 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14444 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14446 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14448 ;;;***
14450 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (20709 26818 907104
14451 ;;;;;; 0))
14452 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14454 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14455 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14456 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14457 Tab indents for Icon code.
14458 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14459 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14460 \\{icon-mode-map}
14461 Variables controlling indentation style:
14462 icon-tab-always-indent
14463 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14464 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14465 icon-auto-newline
14466 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14467 inserted in Icon code.
14468 icon-indent-level
14469 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14470 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14471 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14472 icon-continued-statement-offset
14473 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14474 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14475 icon-continued-brace-offset
14476 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14477 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14478 icon-brace-offset
14479 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14480 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14481 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14482 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14484 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14485 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14487 \(fn)" t nil)
14489 ;;;***
14491 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (20938
14492 ;;;;;; 49065 383398 0))
14493 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14495 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14496 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14497 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14498 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14500 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14501 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14502 separate frames.
14504 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14505 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14507 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14508 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14509 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14511 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14513 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14515 ;;;***
14517 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (20929 34089
14518 ;;;;;; 117790 0))
14519 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14520 (push (purecopy '(idlwave 6 1 22)) package--builtin-versions)
14521 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14522 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14524 The main features of this mode are
14526 1. Indentation and Formatting
14527 --------------------------
14528 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14529 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14531 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14532 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14533 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14534 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14536 Comments are indented as follows:
14538 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14539 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14540 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14542 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14544 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14545 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14546 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14547 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14548 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14549 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14551 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14552 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14553 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14554 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14556 2. Routine Info
14557 ------------
14558 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14559 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14560 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14561 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14562 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14563 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14564 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14565 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14566 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14567 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14569 3. Online IDL Help
14570 ---------------
14572 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14573 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14574 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14575 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14577 4. Completion
14578 ----------
14579 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14580 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14581 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14582 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14583 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14584 upper case.
14586 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14587 --------------------------------
14588 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14589 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
14591 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14592 \\fu FUNCTION template
14593 \\c CASE statement template
14594 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14595 \\f FOR loop template
14596 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14597 \\w WHILE loop template
14598 \\i IF statement template
14599 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14600 \\b BEGIN
14602 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14603 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14605 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14606 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14607 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14608 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14610 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14611 -------------------------
14612 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14613 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14615 7. Automatic END completion
14616 ------------------------
14617 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14618 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14620 8. Hooks
14621 -----
14622 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14623 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14625 9. Documentation and Customization
14626 -------------------------------
14627 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14628 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14629 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14630 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL `http://idlwave.org'.
14631 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14633 10.Keybindings
14634 -----------
14635 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14636 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14637 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14639 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14641 \(fn)" t nil)
14643 ;;;***
14645 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (20996 49577 892030 0))
14646 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14648 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14649 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
14650 The following values are possible:
14651 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14652 displaying...)
14653 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14654 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14655 - nil: Turn off any ido switching.
14657 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14658 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14660 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14662 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14663 Toggle ido mode on or off.
14664 With ARG, turn ido-mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14665 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14666 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14667 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14668 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14669 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14670 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14672 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14674 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14675 Switch to another buffer.
14676 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14677 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14678 in another frame.
14680 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14681 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14682 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14683 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14684 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14686 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14687 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14689 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14691 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14692 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14693 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14694 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14695 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14696 in a separate window.
14697 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14698 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14699 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14700 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14701 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14702 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14703 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14704 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14705 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14707 \(fn)" t nil)
14709 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14710 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14711 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14712 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14714 \(fn)" t nil)
14716 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14717 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14718 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14719 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14721 \(fn)" t nil)
14723 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14724 Kill a buffer.
14725 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14726 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14728 \(fn)" t nil)
14730 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14731 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14732 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14733 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14735 \(fn)" t nil)
14737 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14738 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14739 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14740 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14742 \(fn)" t nil)
14744 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14745 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14747 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14749 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14750 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14751 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14752 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14753 visible in another frame.
14755 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14756 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14757 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14758 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14759 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14760 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14762 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14763 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14765 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14767 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14768 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14769 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14770 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14771 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14772 in a separate window.
14773 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
14774 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14775 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14776 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14777 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14778 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14779 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14780 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14781 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14782 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14783 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14784 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14785 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14786 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14787 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14789 \(fn)" t nil)
14791 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14792 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14793 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14794 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14796 \(fn)" t nil)
14798 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14799 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14800 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14801 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14803 \(fn)" t nil)
14805 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14806 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14807 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14808 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14810 \(fn)" t nil)
14812 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14813 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14814 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14815 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14817 \(fn)" t nil)
14819 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14820 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14821 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14822 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14824 \(fn)" t nil)
14826 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14827 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14828 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14829 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14831 \(fn)" t nil)
14833 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14834 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14835 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14836 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14838 \(fn)" t nil)
14840 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14841 Write current buffer to a file.
14842 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14843 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14845 \(fn)" t nil)
14847 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14848 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14849 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14850 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14852 \(fn)" t nil)
14854 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14855 Call `dired' the ido way.
14856 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14857 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14859 \(fn)" t nil)
14861 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14862 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14863 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14864 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14865 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14866 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14868 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14870 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14871 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14872 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14873 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14875 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14877 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14878 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14879 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14880 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14882 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14884 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14885 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14886 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14887 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14888 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14889 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD is currently ignored; it is included
14890 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14891 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14892 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14893 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14894 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14895 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14896 with point positioned at the end.
14897 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14898 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14900 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
14902 ;;;***
14904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (20903 10024 645978 0))
14905 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14907 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14908 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14909 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14911 \(fn)" t nil)
14913 ;;;***
14915 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
14916 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14918 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
14920 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14921 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
14922 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
14923 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14924 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
14925 \\{iimage-mode-map}
14927 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14929 ;;;***
14931 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (21049 14338 391345 0))
14932 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14934 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14935 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14936 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14937 be determined.
14939 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14941 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14942 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14943 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14944 be determined.
14946 \(fn)" nil nil)
14948 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14949 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14950 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14951 be determined.
14953 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14955 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14956 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14957 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14958 be determined.
14960 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14962 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14963 Determine and return image type.
14964 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14965 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14966 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14967 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14968 use its file extension as image type.
14969 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14971 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14973 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14974 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14975 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14977 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14979 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14980 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14981 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14983 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14984 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14985 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14986 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14987 must be available.
14989 \(fn)" nil nil)
14991 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14992 Create an image.
14993 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14994 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14995 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14996 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14997 use its file extension as image type.
14998 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14999 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
15000 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
15001 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
15003 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15005 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
15006 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
15007 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
15009 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
15011 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
15012 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
15013 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
15014 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
15015 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
15016 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
15017 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
15018 POS may be an integer or marker.
15019 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15020 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15021 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15022 means display it in the right marginal area.
15024 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
15026 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
15027 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15028 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15029 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
15030 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
15031 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15032 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15033 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15034 means display it in the right marginal area.
15035 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15036 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15037 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15038 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15039 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15041 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15043 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
15044 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15045 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15046 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
15047 STRING is a single space.
15048 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15049 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15050 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15051 means display it in the right marginal area.
15052 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
15054 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15056 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
15057 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15058 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15059 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15061 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15063 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
15064 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15066 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15068 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15069 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15070 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15071 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15072 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15073 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15074 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15075 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15076 satisfied.
15078 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15080 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15082 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15084 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15085 Define SYMBOL as an image.
15087 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15088 documentation string.
15090 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15091 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15092 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15093 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15094 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15095 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15096 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15097 define SYMBOL.
15099 Example:
15101 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15102 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15104 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
15106 (put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
15108 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
15109 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
15110 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15111 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15113 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15114 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
15115 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15116 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15118 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15120 \(fn)" nil nil)
15122 ;;;***
15124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (20971 46377
15125 ;;;;;; 737658 0))
15126 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15127 (push (purecopy '(image-dired 0 4 11)) package--builtin-versions)
15128 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15129 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15130 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15131 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15132 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15133 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15135 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15137 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15138 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15140 Convenience command that:
15142 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15143 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15144 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15146 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15147 image files in dired and type
15148 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15150 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15152 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15153 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15155 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15157 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15158 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15159 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15160 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15161 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15162 another one).
15164 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15165 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15166 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15168 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15169 instead of erasing it first.
15171 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15172 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15173 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15174 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15175 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15176 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15178 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15180 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15181 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15182 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15183 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15184 displayed.
15186 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15188 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15190 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'tumme 'image-dired "24.4")
15192 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15193 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15195 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15197 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15198 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15199 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15201 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15203 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15204 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15206 \(fn)" t nil)
15208 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15209 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15210 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15211 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15213 \(fn)" t nil)
15215 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15216 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15218 \(fn)" t nil)
15220 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15221 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15223 \(fn)" t nil)
15225 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15226 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15228 \(fn)" t nil)
15230 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15231 Display current image file.
15232 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15233 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15235 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15237 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15238 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15240 \(fn)" t nil)
15242 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15243 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15244 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15245 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15246 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15247 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15248 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15250 \(fn)" t nil)
15252 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15253 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15254 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15255 easy-to-use form.
15257 \(fn)" t nil)
15259 ;;;***
15261 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (20709 26818 907104
15262 ;;;;;; 0))
15263 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15265 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15266 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15267 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15268 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15270 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15271 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15272 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15273 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15275 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15277 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15278 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15279 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15280 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15282 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15283 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15284 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15285 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15287 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15289 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15290 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15292 \(fn)" nil nil)
15294 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15295 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15296 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15297 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15299 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15301 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15302 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15303 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15304 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15305 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15306 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15308 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15310 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15311 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15312 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15313 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15314 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15316 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15317 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15318 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15320 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15322 ;;;***
15324 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (21005 64551 555603
15325 ;;;;;; 0))
15326 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15328 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15329 Major mode for image files.
15330 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15331 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15333 Key bindings:
15334 \\{image-mode-map}
15336 \(fn)" t nil)
15338 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15339 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15340 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15341 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15342 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15344 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15345 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15346 actual image.
15348 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15350 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15351 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15352 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15353 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15354 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15355 to display an image file as the actual image.
15357 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15358 to display an image file as text initially.
15360 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15361 on these modes.
15363 \(fn)" t nil)
15365 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15368 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15370 ;;;***
15372 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (20784 36406 653593 0))
15373 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15375 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15376 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15378 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15380 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15381 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15382 in the buffer.
15384 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15386 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15387 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15388 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15390 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15392 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15393 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15394 Each element of this list should have the form
15396 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15398 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15399 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15400 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15401 matches are put).
15402 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15403 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15404 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15405 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15406 another element.
15407 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15408 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15409 the menu item.
15410 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15411 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15412 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15413 the ARGUMENTS.
15415 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15416 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15417 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15419 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15420 create a buffer index.
15422 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15423 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15424 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15425 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15426 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15428 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15430 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15431 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15433 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15434 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15435 called within a `save-excursion'.
15437 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15439 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15441 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15442 Function for finding the next index position.
15444 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15445 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15446 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15447 file.
15449 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15450 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15452 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15454 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15455 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15457 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15458 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15459 It should return the name for that index item.")
15461 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15463 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15464 Function to compare string with index item.
15466 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15467 non-nil if they match.
15469 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15470 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15471 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15472 arguments match\".")
15474 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15476 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15477 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15478 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15480 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15481 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15483 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15485 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15487 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15488 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15489 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15490 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15492 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15494 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15495 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15497 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15499 \(fn)" t nil)
15501 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15502 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15503 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15504 for more information.
15506 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15508 ;;;***
15510 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (20826 45095
15511 ;;;;;; 436233 0))
15512 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15514 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15515 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15517 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15519 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15522 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15524 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15527 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15529 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15532 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15534 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15535 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15537 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15539 ;;;***
15541 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (20774 53405
15542 ;;;;;; 644725 888000))
15543 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15545 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15546 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15547 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15548 to that buffer.
15549 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15550 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15551 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15552 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15554 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15556 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15558 ;;;***
15560 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (21040 17194 398147 0))
15561 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15563 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15564 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15565 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15566 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15567 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15568 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15569 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15570 first in this list.
15572 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15573 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15574 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15575 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15576 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15578 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15579 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15580 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15582 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15583 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15585 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15586 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15588 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15589 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15590 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15591 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15592 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15593 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15594 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15595 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15596 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15597 with the top-level Info directory.
15599 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15600 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15602 A numeric prefix argument N selects an Info buffer named
15603 \"*info*<%s>\".
15605 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15606 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15607 in all the directories in that path.
15609 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15611 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15613 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15614 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15616 \(fn)" t nil)
15618 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15619 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15621 \(fn)" t nil)
15623 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15624 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15625 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15626 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15628 \(fn)" nil nil)
15630 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15631 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15632 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15633 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15635 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15637 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15638 Go to the Info directory node.
15640 \(fn)" t nil)
15642 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15643 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15644 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15645 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15646 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15647 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15649 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15651 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15652 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15653 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15655 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15657 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15658 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15659 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15660 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15661 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15663 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15665 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15666 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15667 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15668 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15669 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15671 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15672 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15674 Selecting other nodes:
15675 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15676 Follow a node reference you click on.
15677 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15678 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15679 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15680 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15681 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15682 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15683 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15684 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15685 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15686 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15687 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15688 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15689 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15690 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15691 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15692 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15693 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15694 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15695 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15696 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15698 Moving within a node:
15699 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15700 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15701 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15702 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15703 move up to the parent node.
15704 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15705 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15706 if there is none.
15707 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15709 Advanced commands:
15710 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15711 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15712 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15713 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15714 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15715 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15716 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15717 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15718 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15719 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15720 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15721 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15722 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15723 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15724 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15725 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15727 \(fn)" t nil)
15728 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15730 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15731 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15732 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15733 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15734 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15735 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15737 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15738 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15740 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15741 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15742 KEY is a string.
15743 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15744 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15745 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15746 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15748 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15750 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15751 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15752 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15754 \(fn)" t nil)
15756 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15757 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15758 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15760 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15762 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15763 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
15764 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
15765 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer.
15767 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15769 ;;;***
15771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (20854 24486 190633
15772 ;;;;;; 0))
15773 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15775 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15776 Throw away all cached data.
15777 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15778 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15779 system.
15781 \(fn)" t nil)
15782 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15784 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15785 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15786 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15787 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15788 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15789 one found at point.
15791 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15793 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15794 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15796 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15797 Display the documentation of a file.
15798 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15799 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15800 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15801 The default file name is the one found at point.
15803 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15805 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15807 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15808 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15810 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15812 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15813 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15815 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15817 ;;;***
15819 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (20947 64044 876888
15820 ;;;;;; 0))
15821 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15822 (push (purecopy '(info-xref 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15823 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15824 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15825 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15826 current info file is the default.
15828 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15829 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15830 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15831 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15832 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15834 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15835 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15836 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15837 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15838 mistake in the reference.
15840 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15841 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15842 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15844 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15845 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15846 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15847 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15849 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15851 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15852 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15853 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15854 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15855 checked.
15857 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15858 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15859 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15860 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15861 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15862 should be harmless.
15864 \(fn)" t nil)
15866 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15867 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15868 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15869 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15871 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15872 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15873 and can take a long time.
15875 \(fn)" t nil)
15877 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
15878 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15879 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15881 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15883 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15884 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15886 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15887 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
15888 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15889 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15890 all builtins).
15892 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15893 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15894 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15895 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15896 the sources handy.
15898 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
15900 ;;;***
15902 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (20774 566 676067
15903 ;;;;;; 0))
15904 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15906 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15907 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15909 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15911 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
15912 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15914 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15916 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15917 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15918 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15919 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15921 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15922 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15923 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15925 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15926 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15927 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15928 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15930 \(fn)" t nil)
15932 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15933 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15934 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15936 \(fn)" t nil)
15938 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15939 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15940 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15941 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15942 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15944 \(fn)" nil nil)
15946 ;;;***
15948 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (20745 310
15949 ;;;;;; 425822 0))
15950 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
15951 (push (purecopy '(inversion 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15952 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
15953 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
15954 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
15956 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
15958 ;;;***
15960 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (20922
15961 ;;;;;; 60838 997229 0))
15962 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15964 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15965 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15967 \(fn)" t nil)
15969 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15970 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15972 \(fn)" t nil)
15974 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15977 \(fn LAST-CHAR &optional COUNT)" nil nil)
15979 ;;;***
15981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (20709 26818 907104
15982 ;;;;;; 0))
15983 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15984 (push (purecopy '(isearchb 1 5)) package--builtin-versions)
15985 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15986 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15987 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15988 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15989 accessed via isearchb.
15991 \(fn)" t nil)
15993 ;;;***
15995 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (20791
15996 ;;;;;; 9657 561026 0))
15997 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15999 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
16000 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
16001 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16002 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
16003 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16005 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16007 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
16008 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
16009 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
16010 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
16011 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16013 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16015 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
16016 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
16017 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16018 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
16019 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16021 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16023 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16024 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16025 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16026 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
16027 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16029 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16031 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16032 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16033 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16034 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
16035 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16037 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16039 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
16040 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
16041 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16042 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
16043 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16045 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16047 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
16048 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
16049 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16050 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
16051 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16053 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16055 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
16056 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
16057 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16058 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16060 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16062 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16063 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16064 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16065 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16067 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16069 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16070 Warn that format is read-only.
16072 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16074 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16075 Warn that format is write-only.
16077 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16079 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16080 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16082 \(fn)" t nil)
16084 ;;;***
16086 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16087 ;;;;;; (20791 9657 561026 0))
16088 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16089 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16090 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16092 ;;;***
16094 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (21062 44200
16095 ;;;;;; 584479 0))
16096 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16098 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16100 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16101 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16102 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16103 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16104 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16106 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16108 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16110 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16111 Key map for ispell menu.")
16113 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16114 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16115 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16116 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16118 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16120 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16122 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16124 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16126 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16127 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16128 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16129 Valid forms include:
16130 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16131 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16132 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16133 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16135 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16136 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16137 First list is used raw.
16138 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16140 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16141 for skipping in latex mode.")
16143 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16144 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16145 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16146 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16147 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16148 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16149 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16151 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16152 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16153 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16154 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16156 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16157 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16158 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16159 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16160 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16162 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16163 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16165 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16166 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16168 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16169 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16171 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16172 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16174 Return values:
16175 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16176 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16177 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16178 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16179 quit spell session exited.
16181 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16183 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16184 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16185 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16187 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16189 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16190 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16192 Selections are:
16194 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16195 SPC: Accept word this time.
16196 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16197 `a': Accept word for this session.
16198 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16199 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16200 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16201 `?': Show these commands.
16202 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16203 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16204 the aborted check to be completed later.
16205 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16206 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16207 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16208 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16209 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16210 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16211 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16213 \(fn)" nil nil)
16215 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16216 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16217 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16218 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16220 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16222 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16223 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16224 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16225 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16227 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16229 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16231 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16232 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16233 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16234 amount for last line processed.
16236 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16238 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16239 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16241 \(fn)" t nil)
16243 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16244 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16246 \(fn)" t nil)
16248 (autoload 'ispell-buffer-with-debug "ispell" "\
16249 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16250 Use APPEND to append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16252 \(fn &optional APPEND)" t nil)
16254 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16255 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16257 \(fn)" t nil)
16259 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16260 Try to complete the word before or under point.
16261 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16262 sequence inside of a word.
16264 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16266 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16268 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16269 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16271 \(fn)" t nil)
16273 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16274 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16275 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16276 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16278 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16279 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16280 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16281 available on the net.
16283 \(fn)" t nil)
16285 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16286 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16287 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16288 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16289 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16291 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16292 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16293 spelled.
16295 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16296 read them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16297 SPC.
16299 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16300 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16302 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16304 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16305 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16306 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16307 Don't check included messages.
16309 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16310 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16311 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16313 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16314 in your init file:
16315 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16316 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16317 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16318 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16320 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16321 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16322 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16324 \(fn)" t nil)
16326 ;;;***
16328 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (20824 3367 300658
16329 ;;;;;; 0))
16330 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16332 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16333 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16334 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16335 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16336 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16337 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16339 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" nil)
16341 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "\
16342 Toggle Iswitchb mode.
16343 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iswitchb mode if ARG is
16344 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16345 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16347 Iswitchb mode is a global minor mode that enables switching
16348 between buffers using substrings. See `iswitchb' for details.
16350 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16352 ;;;***
16354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (20709
16355 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
16356 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16358 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16361 \(fn)" nil nil)
16363 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16364 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16365 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16366 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16367 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16368 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16369 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16370 necessary to represent OBJ.
16372 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16374 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16375 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16376 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16377 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16379 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16381 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16382 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16383 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16384 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16385 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16387 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16389 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16390 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16391 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16392 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16394 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16396 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16397 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16398 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16399 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16401 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16403 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16404 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16406 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16408 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16409 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16410 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16411 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16412 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16414 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16416 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16417 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16418 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16419 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16420 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16422 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16424 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16425 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16426 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16428 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16430 ;;;***
16432 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (20998 4934 952905
16433 ;;;;;; 0))
16434 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16436 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16437 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16438 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16439 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16441 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16444 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16446 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16447 Uninstall jka-compr.
16448 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16449 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16450 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16452 \(fn)" nil nil)
16454 ;;;***
16456 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (20998 4934 952905 0))
16457 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16458 (push (purecopy '(js 9)) package--builtin-versions)
16459 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16460 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16462 \(fn)" t nil)
16463 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16465 ;;;***
16467 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (20998 4934 952905 0))
16468 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
16469 (push (purecopy '(json 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
16470 ;;;***
16472 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (20709 26818
16473 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
16474 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16476 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16477 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16478 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16479 decimal key must be specified.")
16481 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16483 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16484 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16485 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16486 decimal key must be specified.")
16488 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16490 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16491 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16492 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16493 decimal key must be specified.")
16495 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16497 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16498 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16499 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16500 decimal key must be specified.")
16502 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16504 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16505 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16506 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16507 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16508 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16509 keys are bound.
16511 Setup Binding
16512 -------------------------------------------------------------
16513 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16514 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16515 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16516 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16517 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16518 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16519 in the global and local keymaps.
16521 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16522 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16524 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16526 ;;;***
16528 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (20709
16529 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
16530 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16532 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16533 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16534 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16536 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16537 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16538 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16539 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16540 shorter.
16542 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16543 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16544 the context of text formatting.
16546 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16548 ;;;***
16550 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (20998 4934 952905
16551 ;;;;;; 0))
16552 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16554 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16555 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16556 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16557 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16558 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16559 positions that contains the current selection.")
16561 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16562 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16563 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16564 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16565 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16566 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16567 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16569 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16571 ;;;***
16573 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (21056 5418 85093 0))
16574 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16575 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16576 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16577 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16578 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16579 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16580 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16581 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16583 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16584 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16586 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16588 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16589 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16590 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16591 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16592 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16594 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16596 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16597 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16598 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16600 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16601 defining the macro.
16603 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16604 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16605 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16607 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16608 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16610 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16612 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16613 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16614 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16615 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16616 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16617 under that name.
16619 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16620 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16621 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16623 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16625 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16626 Call the keyboard MACRO that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16627 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16628 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
16630 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16631 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16632 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16633 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16635 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16636 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16638 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
16640 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16641 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16642 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16644 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16645 macro.
16647 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16648 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16650 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16651 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16652 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16654 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16655 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16657 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16659 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16660 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16661 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16662 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16664 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16666 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16667 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16668 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16669 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16671 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16672 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16674 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16676 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16677 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16678 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16680 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16682 ;;;***
16684 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (20709
16685 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
16686 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16688 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16689 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16690 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16692 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16695 \(fn)" nil nil)
16697 ;;;***
16699 ;;;### (autoloads nil "landmark" "play/landmark.el" (21040 47148
16700 ;;;;;; 604043 521000))
16701 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16703 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
16705 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
16706 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16708 \(fn)" t nil)
16710 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
16711 Start or resume an Landmark game.
16712 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16713 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16715 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16716 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16717 none / 1 | yes | no
16718 2 | yes | yes
16719 3 | no | yes
16720 4 | no | no
16722 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[landmark-start-robot],
16723 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16724 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16726 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16728 ;;;***
16730 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (20826 45095
16731 ;;;;;; 436233 0))
16732 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16734 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16737 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16739 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16740 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16741 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16742 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16743 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16744 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16746 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16747 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16749 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16751 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16752 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16754 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16756 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16759 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16761 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16764 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16766 ;;;***
16768 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (20799
16769 ;;;;;; 169 640767 0))
16770 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16772 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16773 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16774 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16775 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16777 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16779 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16780 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16781 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16783 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16785 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16786 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16787 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16789 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16791 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16792 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16793 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16794 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16796 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16798 ;;;***
16800 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
16801 ;;;;;; (20826 45095 436233 0))
16802 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16804 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16805 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16806 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16807 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16808 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16809 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16810 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16811 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16813 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16814 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16816 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16817 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16819 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16821 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16822 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16823 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16824 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16825 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16826 `latin1-display-setup'.
16828 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16830 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16831 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16832 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16833 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16835 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16836 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16838 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16840 ;;;***
16842 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (20874
16843 ;;;;;; 62962 290468 0))
16844 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16846 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16847 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16849 \(fn)" t nil)
16851 ;;;***
16853 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (21048 47760 436258 0))
16854 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16856 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16857 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16858 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16859 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16860 generations (this defaults to 1).
16862 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16864 ;;;***
16866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
16867 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16868 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
16869 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16870 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
16871 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
16872 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16873 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16875 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
16877 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16879 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16880 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16881 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16882 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16883 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16884 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16886 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16888 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16889 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
16890 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
16891 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16892 ARG is omitted or nil.
16894 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16895 `linum-on' would do it.
16896 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16898 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16900 ;;;***
16902 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (20709 26818 907104
16903 ;;;;;; 0))
16904 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16906 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16907 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16908 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16909 is nil, raise an error.
16911 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16912 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16913 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16914 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16915 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16916 defined by the library.
16918 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16919 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16920 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16921 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16922 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16923 proceeds.
16925 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16926 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16927 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16928 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16930 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16932 ;;;***
16934 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (21040 17194 398147 0))
16935 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16937 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16938 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16939 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16941 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16943 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16944 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16945 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16946 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16948 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16949 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16950 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16951 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16952 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16953 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16954 the version.)
16956 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16957 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16959 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16960 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16962 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
16963 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
16965 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16967 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16968 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16969 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16970 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16971 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16972 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16973 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16974 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16975 to constrain a big search.
16977 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16979 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16980 except that FILTER is not optional.
16982 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16984 ;;;***
16986 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (20721 17977 14204
16987 ;;;;;; 0))
16988 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
16990 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16991 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16992 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
16993 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
16994 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
16995 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
16996 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
16997 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
16998 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
16999 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
17001 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
17002 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
17003 associated values:
17004 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
17005 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
17006 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
17007 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
17008 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
17010 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
17011 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
17012 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
17014 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
17016 ;;;***
17018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (20986 13739 89657
17019 ;;;;;; 0))
17020 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
17022 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
17023 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
17025 \(fn)" t nil)
17027 ;;;***
17029 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (20975 43430 521692 0))
17030 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17032 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
17033 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
17035 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
17036 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
17038 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
17039 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17040 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17042 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17043 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17045 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17046 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17047 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17048 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17049 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17050 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17051 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17053 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17055 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17056 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17057 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17058 switch on this list.
17059 See `lpr-command'.")
17061 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17063 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
17064 Name of program for printing a file.
17066 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17067 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17068 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17069 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17070 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17071 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17072 argument.")
17074 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17076 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17077 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17078 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17079 for customization of the printer command.
17081 \(fn)" t nil)
17083 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17084 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17086 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17087 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17088 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17089 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17091 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17092 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17094 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17095 for further customization of the printer command.
17097 \(fn)" t nil)
17099 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17100 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17101 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17102 for customization of the printer command.
17104 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17106 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17107 Paginate and print the region contents.
17109 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17110 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17111 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17112 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17114 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17115 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17117 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17118 for further customization of the printer command.
17120 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17122 ;;;***
17124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (21048 11307 937592
17125 ;;;;;; 0))
17126 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17128 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17129 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17130 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17132 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17134 ;;;***
17136 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (20709 26818 907104
17137 ;;;;;; 0))
17138 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17140 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17141 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17142 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17143 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17145 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17147 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
17149 ;;;***
17151 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (20874 62962
17152 ;;;;;; 290468 0))
17153 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17155 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17156 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17158 \(fn)" t nil)
17160 ;;;***
17162 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
17163 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17165 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17166 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17167 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17168 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17169 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17171 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17173 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17174 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
17175 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17176 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17178 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17179 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17180 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17181 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17182 bindings.
17184 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17185 use this command, and then save the file.
17187 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17189 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17190 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17191 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17192 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17193 each time the macro executes.
17194 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17195 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17196 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17197 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17198 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17199 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17200 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17202 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17204 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17205 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17206 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17207 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17209 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17210 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17211 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17212 execute.
17214 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17215 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17217 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17218 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17219 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17220 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17221 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17223 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17224 looked like this:
17226 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17227 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17228 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17230 You could enter the names in this format:
17236 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17238 \\C-x (
17239 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17240 \\C-x )
17242 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17243 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17245 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17246 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17248 ;;;***
17250 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (20709 26818
17251 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
17252 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17254 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17255 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17256 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17257 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17258 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17259 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17261 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17262 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17263 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17264 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17265 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17267 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17268 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17269 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17270 consing a string.)
17272 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17274 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17275 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17277 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17279 ;;;***
17281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (20709 26818
17282 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
17283 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17285 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17286 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17288 \(fn)" nil nil)
17290 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17293 \(fn)" nil nil)
17295 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17296 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17298 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17300 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17301 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17302 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17303 message.
17305 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17307 \(fn)" nil nil)
17309 ;;;***
17311 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (20891 18859
17312 ;;;;;; 893295 0))
17313 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17315 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17316 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17317 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17318 often correct parser.")
17320 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17322 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17323 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17324 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17325 a value which excludes your own email address.
17327 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17328 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17330 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17332 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17333 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17335 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17337 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17338 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17339 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17340 we return it unconverted.
17342 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17343 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17345 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17347 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17348 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17349 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17350 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17352 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17354 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17355 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17356 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17357 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17359 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17361 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17362 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17363 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17364 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17365 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17366 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17367 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17368 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17369 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17370 as Rmail does.
17372 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17374 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17375 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17376 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17377 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17378 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17379 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17380 matches may be returned from the message body.
17382 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17384 ;;;***
17386 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (20847 51240
17387 ;;;;;; 240216 0))
17388 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17390 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17391 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17392 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17393 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17394 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17395 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17397 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17399 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17400 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17401 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17402 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17403 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17405 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17406 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17407 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17408 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17410 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17412 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17413 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17415 \(fn)" nil nil)
17417 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17418 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17419 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17421 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17423 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17424 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17425 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17427 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17428 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17429 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17430 double-quotes.
17432 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17434 ;;;***
17436 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (20970 25513
17437 ;;;;;; 362767 0))
17438 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17440 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17441 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17442 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17443 king@grassland.com
17444 If `parens', they look like:
17445 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17446 If `angles', they look like:
17447 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17449 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17451 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17452 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17453 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17454 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17455 their `Resent-' variants.
17457 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17458 removed from alias expansions.
17460 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17462 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17463 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17464 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17466 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17467 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17468 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17469 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17471 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17473 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17474 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17475 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17477 \(fn)" nil nil)
17479 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17480 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17481 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17482 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17484 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17486 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
17488 ;;;***
17490 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (20709 26818
17491 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
17492 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17494 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17495 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17496 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17497 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17499 \(fn)" nil nil)
17501 ;;;***
17503 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (20924
17504 ;;;;;; 16196 967284 0))
17505 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17507 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17508 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17510 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17511 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17512 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17513 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17514 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17515 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17517 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17518 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17519 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17520 dependency, despite the colon.
17522 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17524 In the browser, use the following keys:
17526 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17528 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17530 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17531 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17533 `makefile-target-colon':
17534 The string that gets appended to all target names
17535 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17536 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17538 `makefile-macro-assign':
17539 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17540 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17541 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17542 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17543 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17544 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17546 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17547 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17548 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17550 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17551 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17553 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17554 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17555 up or down in the browser.
17557 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17558 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17560 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17561 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17563 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17564 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17565 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17566 has been selected in the browser.
17568 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17569 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17570 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17571 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17572 filenames are omitted.
17574 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17575 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17576 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17577 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17578 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17579 the backslash itself intact.
17580 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17581 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17583 `makefile-browser-hook':
17584 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17585 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17587 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17588 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17589 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17590 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17592 \(fn)" t nil)
17594 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17595 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17597 \(fn)" t nil)
17599 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17600 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17602 \(fn)" t nil)
17604 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17605 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17607 \(fn)" t nil)
17609 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17610 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17612 \(fn)" t nil)
17614 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17615 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17617 \(fn)" t nil)
17619 ;;;***
17621 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (20709 26818 907104
17622 ;;;;;; 0))
17623 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17625 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17626 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17627 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17629 \(fn)" t nil)
17631 ;;;***
17633 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (21040 17194 398147 0))
17634 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17636 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17638 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17639 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17640 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It
17641 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17642 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17643 buffer. See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
17644 the buffer is ready. If a buffer already exists for this man
17645 page, it will display immediately.
17647 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17648 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17649 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17651 cat(1)
17652 1 cat
17654 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17655 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17656 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17657 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17659 -a chmod
17661 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17662 otherwise look like a page name.
17664 /my/file/name.1.gz
17665 -l somefile.1
17667 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17668 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17669 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17671 -k pattern
17673 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17675 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17676 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17678 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17680 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17681 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17683 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17685 ;;;***
17687 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (20884 7264 912957 506000))
17688 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17689 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
17690 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17691 Toggle Master mode.
17692 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17693 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17694 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17696 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17697 using the following commands:
17699 \\{master-mode-map}
17701 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17702 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17703 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17705 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17707 ;;;***
17709 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (20709 26818 907104
17710 ;;;;;; 0))
17711 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17713 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17714 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17715 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17716 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17717 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17718 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17720 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17722 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17723 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17724 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17725 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17726 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17728 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17729 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17730 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17731 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17733 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17735 ;;;***
17737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
17738 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
17739 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17740 ;;;***
17742 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (21048 11307 937592
17743 ;;;;;; 0))
17744 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17746 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17748 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17749 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17750 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17751 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17752 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17753 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17754 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17755 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17756 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17757 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17758 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17759 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17760 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17761 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17762 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17763 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17764 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17765 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17766 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17767 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17768 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17769 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17770 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17771 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17772 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17773 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17774 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17775 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17776 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17777 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17778 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17779 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17780 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17781 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17782 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17783 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17784 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17785 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17787 \(fn)" t nil)
17789 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17790 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17791 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17792 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17793 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17795 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17797 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17798 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17800 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17802 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17803 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17805 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17807 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17808 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17810 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17812 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17813 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17814 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17816 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17818 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17819 Cancel an article you posted.
17820 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17822 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17824 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17825 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17826 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17827 header line with the old Message-ID.
17829 \(fn)" t nil)
17831 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17832 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17834 \(fn)" t nil)
17836 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17837 Forward the current message via mail.
17838 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17839 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17841 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17843 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17846 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17848 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17851 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17853 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17854 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17856 \(fn)" t nil)
17858 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17859 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17861 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17863 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17864 Re-mail the current message.
17865 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17866 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17867 you.
17869 \(fn)" t nil)
17871 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17872 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17874 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17876 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17877 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17879 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17881 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17882 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17884 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17886 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17887 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17889 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17891 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17892 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17893 Works by overstriking characters.
17894 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17895 which specify the range to operate on.
17897 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17899 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17900 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17901 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17902 which specify the range to operate on.
17904 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17906 ;;;***
17908 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (20874
17909 ;;;;;; 62962 290468 0))
17910 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17911 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17912 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17913 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17915 \(fn)" t nil)
17917 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17918 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17920 \(fn)" t nil)
17922 ;;;***
17924 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (20709 26818
17925 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
17926 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17928 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17929 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17930 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17932 \(fn)" t nil)
17934 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17935 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17936 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17937 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17938 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17939 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17940 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17942 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17944 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17945 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17946 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17947 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17948 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17949 means current).
17950 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17951 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17953 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17955 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17956 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17957 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17958 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17959 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17960 means current).
17961 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17962 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17964 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17966 ;;;***
17968 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (20890 54503 125088
17969 ;;;;;; 852000))
17970 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17972 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17973 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17974 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17976 \(fn)" t nil)
17978 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17979 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17980 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17982 \(fn)" t nil)
17984 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17985 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17987 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17988 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17989 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17991 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17992 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17994 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17995 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17997 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17999 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
18001 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
18002 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
18003 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
18004 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
18005 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
18006 as `compose-mail'.
18008 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
18009 initial Subject field, respectively.
18011 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
18012 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
18013 are strings.
18015 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
18016 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
18018 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18020 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
18021 Save draft and send message.
18023 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18024 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18025 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18026 Mail Delivery*\".
18028 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18029 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18030 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18032 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18033 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18034 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18035 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18036 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18037 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18039 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18040 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18042 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
18043 message and scan line.
18045 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18047 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
18048 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18050 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18051 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18052 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18053 delete the draft message.
18055 \(fn)" t nil)
18057 ;;;***
18059 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (20987 34598 970563 0))
18060 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18061 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 5)) package--builtin-versions)
18062 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18064 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18066 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18068 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18069 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18071 \(fn)" t nil)
18073 ;;;***
18075 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (20787 12616
18076 ;;;;;; 976036 0))
18077 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18079 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18080 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18081 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18083 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18084 the MH mail system.
18086 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18088 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18089 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18090 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18092 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18093 the MH mail system.
18095 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18097 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18098 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18100 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18101 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18102 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18103 separate command.
18105 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18106 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18107 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18108 format.
18110 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18112 Ranges
18113 ======
18114 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18115 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18116 can be used in several ways.
18118 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18119 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18120 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18121 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18122 page):
18124 <num1>-<num2>
18125 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18126 The range must be nonempty.
18128 <num>:N
18129 <num>:+N
18130 <num>:-N
18131 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18132 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18133 last.
18135 first:N
18136 prev:N
18137 next:N
18138 last:N
18139 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18142 All of the messages.
18144 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18145 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18147 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18148 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18149 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18151 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18153 \(fn)" t nil)
18155 ;;;***
18157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (21058 47149 742317
18158 ;;;;;; 0))
18159 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18161 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18162 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18163 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18164 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18165 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18166 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18167 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18168 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18169 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18170 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18171 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18173 \(fn)" t nil)
18175 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18176 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18177 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18178 to its second argument TM.
18180 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18182 ;;;***
18184 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (20760 54070
18185 ;;;;;; 584283 0))
18186 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18188 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18189 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18190 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18191 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18192 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18193 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18195 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18197 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18198 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18199 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18200 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18201 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18203 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18204 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18205 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18206 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18207 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18208 is modified to remove the default indication.
18210 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18212 ;;;***
18214 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
18215 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18217 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18218 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18219 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18220 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18221 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18222 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18223 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18224 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18225 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18227 \(fn)" t nil)
18229 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18230 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18231 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18232 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18233 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18234 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18235 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18236 The return value is always nil.
18238 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18240 ;;;***
18242 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (20721 17977 14204
18243 ;;;;;; 0))
18244 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18245 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18247 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18248 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18250 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18251 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18252 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18253 next occurrence.
18255 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18256 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18257 end of the search space).
18259 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18260 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18261 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18262 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18263 should return the previous buffer to search.
18265 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18266 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18267 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18269 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18270 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18271 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18272 Isearch starts.")
18274 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18275 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18276 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18278 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18279 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18280 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18282 \(fn)" nil nil)
18284 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18285 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18286 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18287 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18288 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18289 whose names match the specified regexp.
18291 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18293 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18294 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18295 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18296 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18297 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18298 whose names match the specified regexp.
18300 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18302 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18303 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18304 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18305 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18306 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18307 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18308 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18310 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18312 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18313 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18314 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18315 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18316 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18317 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18318 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18320 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18322 ;;;***
18324 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (21002
18325 ;;;;;; 1963 769129 0))
18326 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18327 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
18328 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18329 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18331 \(fn)" t nil)
18333 ;;;***
18335 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (20709 26818
18336 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
18337 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18339 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18340 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18342 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18344 ;;;***
18346 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (20709 26818
18347 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
18348 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18350 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18351 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18353 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18355 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18356 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18357 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18358 the entire message.
18359 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18361 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18363 ;;;***
18365 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (20709 26818
18366 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
18367 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18369 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18370 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18371 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18372 the entire message.
18373 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18375 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18377 ;;;***
18379 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (20709 26818 907104
18380 ;;;;;; 0))
18381 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18383 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18384 Insert file contents of URL.
18385 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18387 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18389 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18390 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18392 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18394 ;;;***
18396 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (20709 26818 907104
18397 ;;;;;; 0))
18398 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18400 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18401 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18402 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18403 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18404 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18406 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18408 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18409 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18410 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18412 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18414 ;;;***
18416 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (20829 21286 719109 0))
18417 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18419 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18420 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18422 \(fn)" nil nil)
18424 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18425 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18426 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18427 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18428 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18430 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18431 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18432 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18433 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18434 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18435 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18437 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18439 ;;;***
18441 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (20875 30633 412173
18442 ;;;;;; 0))
18443 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18445 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18448 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18450 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18453 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18455 ;;;***
18457 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (21042 58928 39127
18458 ;;;;;; 0))
18459 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18461 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18464 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18466 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18469 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18471 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18474 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18476 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18479 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18481 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18484 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18486 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18489 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18491 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18494 \(fn)" nil nil)
18496 ;;;***
18498 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (20709 26818
18499 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
18500 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18502 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18504 ;;;***
18506 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (20355 10021
18507 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
18508 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18510 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18512 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18513 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18514 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18515 followed by the first character of the construct.
18516 \\<m2-mode-map>
18517 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18518 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18519 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18520 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18521 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18522 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18523 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18524 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18525 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18526 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18527 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18528 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18529 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18530 \\[m2-link] link
18532 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18533 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18534 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18536 \(fn)" t nil)
18538 ;;;***
18540 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (20709 26818 907104
18541 ;;;;;; 0))
18542 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18544 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18545 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18547 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18549 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18550 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18552 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18554 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18555 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18557 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18559 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18560 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18562 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18564 ;;;***
18566 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (20992 52525 458637
18567 ;;;;;; 0))
18568 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18570 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18571 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18573 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18574 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18575 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18577 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18578 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18579 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18581 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18582 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18584 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18585 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18586 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18587 hemisphere you're in.)
18589 To test this function, evaluate:
18590 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18592 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18594 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18595 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18597 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18598 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18600 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18601 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18602 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18604 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18605 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18607 To test this function, evaluate:
18608 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18610 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18612 ;;;***
18614 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (21049 14338 391345 0))
18615 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18617 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18618 Main entry point for MPC.
18620 \(fn)" t nil)
18622 ;;;***
18624 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (21040 17194 398147 0))
18625 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18627 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18628 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18630 \(fn)" t nil)
18632 ;;;***
18634 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (20999 25770 522517 0))
18635 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18637 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18638 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18639 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18640 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18641 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18642 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18644 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18646 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18647 Toggle Msb mode.
18648 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18649 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18650 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18652 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18653 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18655 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18657 ;;;***
18659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (20891
18660 ;;;;;; 18859 893295 0))
18661 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18663 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18664 Display a list of all character sets.
18666 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18667 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18668 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18669 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18670 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18672 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18673 but still shows the full information.
18675 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18677 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18678 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18679 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18681 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18682 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18683 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18684 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18685 meanings of these arguments.
18687 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18689 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18690 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18692 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18694 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18695 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18697 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18699 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18700 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18702 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18704 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18705 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18707 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18708 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18709 in place of `..':
18710 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18711 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18712 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18713 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18714 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18715 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18716 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18717 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18718 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18719 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18720 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18721 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18722 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18723 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18724 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18725 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18727 \(fn)" t nil)
18729 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18730 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18732 \(fn)" t nil)
18734 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18735 Display a list of all coding systems.
18736 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18738 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18739 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18741 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18743 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18744 Display a list of all coding categories.
18746 \(fn)" nil nil)
18748 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18749 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18750 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18752 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18754 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18755 Display information about FONTSET.
18756 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18758 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18760 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18761 Display a list of all fontsets.
18762 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18763 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18764 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18766 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18768 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18769 Display information about all input methods.
18771 \(fn)" t nil)
18773 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18774 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18776 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18777 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18778 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18779 system which uses fontsets).
18781 \(fn)" t nil)
18783 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18784 Show log of font listing and opening.
18785 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18786 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18788 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18790 ;;;***
18792 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (20991
18793 ;;;;;; 31656 363459 0))
18794 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18796 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18797 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18799 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18800 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18802 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18803 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18805 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18807 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18808 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18809 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18810 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18811 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18812 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18813 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18815 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18816 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18817 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18818 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18819 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18820 middle of a character in STR.
18822 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18823 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18825 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18826 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18827 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18828 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18829 defaults to \"...\".
18831 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18833 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18834 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18836 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18837 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18838 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18840 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18841 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18842 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18844 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18845 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18846 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18847 are considered.
18848 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18849 longer than KEYSEQ.
18850 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18852 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18854 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18855 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18856 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18857 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18858 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18859 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18860 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18861 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18862 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18863 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18864 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18866 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18868 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18869 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18871 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18873 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18874 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18876 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18878 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18879 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18881 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18883 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18884 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18886 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18888 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18889 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18890 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
18891 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
18892 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18894 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
18895 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18897 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18898 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18899 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18900 coding systems ordered by priority.
18902 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
18904 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
18906 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18907 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18908 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18909 language environment LANG-ENV.
18911 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18913 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18914 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18915 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18916 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18917 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18918 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18920 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18922 ;;;***
18924 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (20903 10024
18925 ;;;;;; 645978 0))
18926 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18928 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18929 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18931 \(fn)" t nil)
18933 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18934 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
18936 \(fn)" t nil)
18938 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18939 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
18941 \(fn)" t nil)
18943 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18944 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
18946 \(fn)" t nil)
18948 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18949 Run route and display diagnostic output.
18951 \(fn)" t nil)
18953 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18954 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18956 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18958 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18959 Ping HOST.
18960 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18961 `ping-program-options'.
18963 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18965 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18966 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18968 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18970 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18971 Run nslookup program.
18973 \(fn)" t nil)
18975 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18976 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18978 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18980 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18981 Run dig program.
18983 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18985 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18986 Run ftp program.
18988 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18990 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18991 Finger USER on HOST.
18993 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18995 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18996 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18997 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18998 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
19000 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
19002 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
19005 \(fn)" t nil)
19007 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
19008 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
19010 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
19012 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
19013 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
19015 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
19017 ;;;***
19019 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (20709 26818 907104
19020 ;;;;;; 0))
19021 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
19023 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
19024 Return a user name/password pair.
19025 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
19026 listed in the PORTS list.
19028 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
19030 ;;;***
19032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (20984
19033 ;;;;;; 58408 354075 0))
19034 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
19036 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
19037 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
19038 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
19039 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
19040 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
19041 closes it.
19043 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
19044 make it unique.
19045 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
19046 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
19047 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
19048 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
19049 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
19050 a port number to connect to.
19052 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
19053 values:
19055 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
19056 nil or `network'
19057 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
19058 the parameters :success and :capability-command
19059 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
19060 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
19061 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
19062 an unencrypted connection.
19063 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
19064 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
19065 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
19066 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
19067 returned object is a killed process.
19068 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
19069 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
19070 `shell' -- A shell connection.
19072 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
19073 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
19074 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
19075 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
19076 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
19077 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
19078 or nil if none could be found.
19079 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
19080 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
19082 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
19084 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
19085 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
19086 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
19088 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
19089 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
19090 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
19092 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19093 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
19094 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
19096 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19097 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19098 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19099 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19101 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19102 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19104 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19105 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19106 element is the certificate file name itself, or `t', which
19107 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19108 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19109 or STARTTLS connections.
19111 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19112 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19114 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
19115 a greeting from the server.
19117 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19118 asynchronously, if possible.
19120 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19122 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19124 ;;;***
19126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (20709
19127 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
19128 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19130 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19131 Check whether newsticker is running.
19132 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19133 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19135 \(fn)" nil nil)
19137 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19138 Start the newsticker.
19139 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19140 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19141 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19142 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19144 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19146 ;;;***
19148 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19149 ;;;;;; (20992 52525 458637 0))
19150 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19152 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19153 Start newsticker plainview.
19155 \(fn)" t nil)
19157 ;;;***
19159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (20709
19160 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
19161 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19163 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19164 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19166 \(fn)" t nil)
19168 ;;;***
19170 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (20709
19171 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
19172 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19174 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19175 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19176 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19177 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19178 empty.
19180 \(fn)" nil nil)
19182 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19183 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19184 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19185 running already.
19187 \(fn)" t nil)
19189 ;;;***
19191 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (21040
19192 ;;;;;; 17194 398147 0))
19193 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19195 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19196 Start newsticker treeview.
19198 \(fn)" t nil)
19200 ;;;***
19202 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newsticker" "net/newsticker.el" (20709 26818
19203 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
19204 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
19205 (push (purecopy '(newsticker 1 99)) package--builtin-versions)
19206 ;;;***
19208 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (20709 26818 907104
19209 ;;;;;; 0))
19210 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19212 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19213 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19215 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19217 ;;;***
19219 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (20709 26818 907104
19220 ;;;;;; 0))
19221 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19223 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19224 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19225 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19226 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19227 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19228 symbol in the alist.
19230 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19232 ;;;***
19234 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (20709 26818
19235 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
19236 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19238 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19239 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19240 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19242 \(fn)" t nil)
19244 ;;;***
19246 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnmairix" "gnus/nnmairix.el" (20709 26818
19247 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
19248 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnmairix.el
19249 (push (purecopy '(nnmairix 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
19250 ;;;***
19252 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (20955 58152 201869 0))
19253 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19255 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19256 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19258 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19260 ;;;***
19262 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
19263 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19265 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19267 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19268 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19269 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19271 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19274 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19276 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19277 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19278 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19279 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19280 to future sessions.
19282 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19284 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19285 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19286 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19287 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19288 future sessions.
19290 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19292 ;;;***
19294 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (20709
19295 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
19296 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19298 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19299 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19300 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19301 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19302 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19303 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19305 \(fn)" t nil)
19307 ;;;***
19309 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
19310 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
19311 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
19312 ;;;***
19314 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el" (20709 26818
19315 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
19316 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19318 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19319 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19320 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19321 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19323 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19325 ;;;***
19327 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (20884 6711
19328 ;;;;;; 386198 0))
19329 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19331 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19332 Major mode for editing XML.
19334 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19335 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19336 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19337 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19338 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19339 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19340 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19342 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19344 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19345 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19347 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19348 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19349 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19350 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19351 instead of C-c.
19353 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19354 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19355 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19356 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19357 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19358 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19360 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19361 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19362 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19364 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19365 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19366 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19368 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19369 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19370 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19371 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19372 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19373 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19374 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19375 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19376 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19378 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19380 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19381 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19383 \(fn)" t nil)
19385 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19387 ;;;***
19389 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-uchnm" "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (20709 26818
19390 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
19391 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19393 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19394 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19395 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19396 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19398 \(fn)" t nil)
19400 ;;;***
19402 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (21065 20391
19403 ;;;;;; 959557 0))
19404 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
19406 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
19407 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19409 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19410 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
19411 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
19412 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
19414 \(fn)" t nil)
19416 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
19417 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19418 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19420 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19422 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19423 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19425 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19426 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19427 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19429 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19431 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19433 ;;;***
19435 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (20858 21542
19436 ;;;;;; 723007 0))
19437 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
19439 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
19441 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
19442 Major mode for editing OPascal code. \\<opascal-mode-map>
19443 \\[opascal-find-unit] - Search for a OPascal source file.
19444 \\[opascal-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
19445 \\[opascal-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
19447 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
19449 Customization:
19451 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
19452 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
19453 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
19454 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
19455 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
19456 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
19457 `opascal-tab-always-indents' (default `tab-always-indents')
19458 Non-nil means TAB in OPascal mode should always reindent the current line,
19459 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
19460 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
19461 Directories to search when finding external units.
19462 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
19463 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
19465 Coloring:
19467 `opascal-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
19468 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
19470 Turning on OPascal mode calls the value of the variable `opascal-mode-hook'
19471 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
19473 \(fn)" t nil)
19475 ;;;***
19477 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (20783 15545 430927 0))
19478 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19480 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19481 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19483 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19485 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19486 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19487 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19488 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19489 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19491 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19493 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19494 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19496 \(fn)" nil nil)
19498 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19499 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19501 \(fn)" nil nil)
19503 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19504 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19505 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19507 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19508 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19509 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19510 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19511 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19512 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19513 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19514 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19515 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19516 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19518 The following commands are available:
19520 \\{org-mode-map}
19522 \(fn)" t nil)
19524 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19525 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19527 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
19528 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19529 in special contexts.
19531 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19532 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19533 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19534 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19535 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19536 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19537 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19538 properties in the buffer.
19539 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19540 including any drawers.
19542 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19544 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19545 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19546 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19547 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19548 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19549 and zoom in further.
19550 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19551 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19553 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19554 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19555 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
19556 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19557 times right after creating a new headline.
19559 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19560 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19561 is negative, go up that many levels.
19563 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19564 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19565 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19567 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19568 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19569 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19570 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19572 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19574 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19575 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19576 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19577 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19579 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19581 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19582 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19583 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19584 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19585 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19586 defined by Org-mode).
19588 M-up Move entry/item up
19589 M-down Move entry/item down
19590 M-left Promote
19591 M-right Demote
19592 M-S-up Move entry/item up
19593 M-S-down Move entry/item down
19594 M-S-left Promote subtree
19595 M-S-right Demote subtree
19596 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
19597 C-c ^ Sort entries
19598 C-c - Cycle list bullet
19599 TAB Cycle item visibility
19600 M-RET Insert new heading/item
19601 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Checkbox item
19602 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
19604 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19606 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19607 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19609 \(fn)" nil nil)
19611 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19612 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19614 \(fn)" nil nil)
19616 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19617 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19618 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19619 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19620 call CMD.
19622 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19624 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19625 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19626 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19627 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19629 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19630 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19631 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19633 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19635 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19636 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19637 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19639 \(fn)" t nil)
19641 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19642 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19643 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19644 Org-mode syntax.
19646 \(fn)" t nil)
19648 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19649 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19651 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19653 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19654 Switch between Org buffers.
19655 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19656 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19658 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19659 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19661 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19663 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19665 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19667 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19668 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19669 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19670 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19672 \(fn)" t nil)
19674 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19675 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19677 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19679 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19680 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19681 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19683 \(fn)" t nil)
19685 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19686 Reload all org lisp files.
19687 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19689 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19691 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19692 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19694 \(fn)" t nil)
19696 ;;;***
19698 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (20847 51240
19699 ;;;;;; 240216 0))
19700 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19702 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19703 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
19705 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19707 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19708 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19709 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19710 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19712 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19713 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19714 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19715 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19716 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19717 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19718 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19719 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19720 e Export views to associated files.
19721 s Search entries for keywords.
19722 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
19723 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19724 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19725 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19726 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19727 > Remove a previous restriction.
19728 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19729 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19730 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19732 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19733 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19734 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19736 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19737 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19738 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19739 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19740 \(if active).
19742 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19744 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19745 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19746 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19747 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19748 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19749 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19750 before running the agenda command.
19752 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19754 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19755 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19756 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19757 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19758 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19759 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19760 before running the agenda command.
19762 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19763 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19765 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19767 category The category of the item
19768 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19769 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19770 todo selected in TODO match
19771 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19772 diary imported from diary
19773 deadline a deadline on given date
19774 scheduled scheduled on given date
19775 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19776 closed entry was closed on given date
19777 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19778 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19779 block entry has date block including g. date
19780 todo The todo keyword, if any
19781 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19782 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19783 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19784 extra Sting with extra planning info
19785 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19786 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19787 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19789 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19791 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19794 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19796 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19797 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19799 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19801 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19802 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19803 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19804 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19806 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19807 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
19808 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
19810 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19811 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19813 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN)" t nil)
19815 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19816 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
19818 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19819 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19820 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19821 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19822 EDIT-AT.
19824 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
19825 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
19826 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
19827 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
19828 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
19829 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
19831 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
19832 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
19833 including newlines.
19835 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
19836 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
19837 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
19838 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
19839 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
19840 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
19841 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
19843 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
19844 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
19845 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
19846 as a whole, to include whitespace.
19848 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19849 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19850 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19851 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19852 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
19853 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
19854 Boolean search must match as full words.
19856 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19857 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19859 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19861 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19862 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19863 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19864 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19865 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19866 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19868 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19870 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19871 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19872 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19874 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19876 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19877 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19878 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19879 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19880 `org-stuck-projects'.
19882 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19884 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19885 Return diary information from org files.
19886 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19887 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19888 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19889 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
19890 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
19892 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19894 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19896 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19897 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19899 &%%(org-diary)
19901 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19902 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
19903 So the example above may also be written as
19905 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19907 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19908 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19909 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19911 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19913 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19914 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19915 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19917 \(fn)" t nil)
19919 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19920 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19921 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19922 appointments.
19924 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19925 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19927 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19928 for filtering entries out.
19930 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
19931 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
19932 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
19934 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19935 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19937 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19938 (category \"Work\"))
19940 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19941 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
19943 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
19944 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline, :scheduled
19945 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
19946 details and examples.
19948 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
19949 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
19951 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19953 ;;;***
19955 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-beamer" "org/org-beamer.el" (20709 26818
19956 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
19957 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-beamer.el
19959 (autoload 'org-beamer-sectioning "org-beamer" "\
19960 Return the sectioning entry for the current headline.
19961 LEVEL is the reduced level of the headline.
19962 TEXT is the text of the headline, everything except the leading stars.
19963 The return value is a cons cell. The car is the headline text, usually
19964 just TEXT, but possibly modified if options have been extracted from the
19965 text. The cdr is the sectioning entry, similar to what is given
19966 in org-export-latex-classes.
19968 \(fn LEVEL TEXT)" nil nil)
19970 (autoload 'org-beamer-mode "org-beamer" "\
19971 Special support for editing Org-mode files made to export to beamer.
19973 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19975 ;;;***
19977 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (20723 59703
19978 ;;;;;; 12265 0))
19979 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
19981 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
19984 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
19986 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
19987 Capture something.
19988 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
19989 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
19990 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
19991 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
19992 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
19993 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
19995 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
19996 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
19997 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
19998 stored.
20000 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
20002 Lisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
20003 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
20004 will be bypassed.
20006 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
20007 agenda will use the date at point as the default date.
20009 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
20011 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
20012 Set org-capture-templates to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
20014 \(fn)" t nil)
20016 ;;;***
20018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (20717 20920
20019 ;;;;;; 410005 0))
20020 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
20022 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
20023 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
20024 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
20026 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
20028 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
20029 Write the column view table.
20030 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
20032 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
20033 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
20034 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
20035 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
20036 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
20037 to column view). When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
20038 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
20039 using `org-id-find'.
20040 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
20041 a hline before each level <= that number.
20042 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
20043 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
20044 :skip-empty-rows
20045 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
20046 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
20048 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
20050 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
20051 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
20053 \(fn)" t nil)
20055 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
20056 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
20058 \(fn)" t nil)
20060 ;;;***
20062 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (20723 59703
20063 ;;;;;; 12265 0))
20064 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
20066 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
20067 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
20069 \(fn)" nil t)
20071 ;;;***
20073 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (20783 15545
20074 ;;;;;; 430927 0))
20075 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
20077 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
20078 The release version of org-mode.
20079 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20081 \(fn)" nil nil)
20083 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
20084 The Git version of org-mode.
20085 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20087 \(fn)" nil nil)
20089 (defvar org-odt-data-dir "/usr/share/emacs/etc/org" "\
20090 The location of ODT styles.")
20092 ;;;***
20094 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (20773 35190 350513
20095 ;;;;;; 0))
20096 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20097 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20098 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20100 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20101 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20102 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20103 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20105 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20106 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20107 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20108 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20110 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20111 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20112 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20113 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20114 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20115 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20117 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20118 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20119 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20121 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20122 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20123 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20124 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20125 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20126 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20127 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20128 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20129 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20130 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20131 The subheadings remain visible.
20132 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20134 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20135 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20136 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20138 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20139 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20141 \(fn)" t nil)
20143 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20144 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20145 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20146 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20147 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20149 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20151 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20152 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20154 ;;;***
20156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (21066 41257
20157 ;;;;;; 365840 0))
20158 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20159 (push (purecopy '(package 1 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
20160 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20161 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20162 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20163 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20164 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20166 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20167 activate the package system at any time.")
20169 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20171 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20172 Install the package PKG.
20173 PKG can be a package-desc or the package name of one the available packages
20174 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
20176 \(fn PKG)" t nil)
20178 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20179 Install a package from the current buffer.
20180 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file that follows the
20181 packaging guidelines; see info node `(elisp)Packaging'.
20182 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
20184 \(fn)" t nil)
20186 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20187 Install a package from a file.
20188 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
20190 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
20192 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20193 Download the ELPA archive description if needed.
20194 This informs Emacs about the latest versions of all packages, and
20195 makes them available for download.
20197 \(fn)" t nil)
20199 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20200 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20201 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20202 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20204 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20206 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20207 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20209 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20211 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20212 Display a list of packages.
20213 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20214 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20215 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20217 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20219 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20221 ;;;***
20223 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (20903 56815 695483 0))
20224 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20226 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20227 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20228 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20229 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20230 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20231 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20233 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20235 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20236 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20237 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20238 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20239 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20241 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
20242 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20243 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20245 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20247 ;;;***
20249 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (20709
20250 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
20251 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20252 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20254 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20255 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20256 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20257 unknown are returned as nil.
20259 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20261 ;;;***
20263 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (20870 12718
20264 ;;;;;; 549931 0))
20265 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20267 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20268 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
20269 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20271 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20272 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20274 Other useful functions are:
20276 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20277 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20278 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20279 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20280 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20281 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20282 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20283 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20284 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20286 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20288 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20289 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20290 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20291 Indentation for case statements.
20292 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20293 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20294 mark after an end.
20295 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20296 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20297 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20298 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20299 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20300 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20301 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20302 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20303 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20304 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20306 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20307 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20309 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
20310 no args, if that value is non-nil.
20312 \(fn)" t nil)
20314 ;;;***
20316 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (20709
20317 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
20318 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20320 (defvar password-cache t "\
20321 Whether to cache passwords.")
20323 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20325 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20326 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20327 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20329 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20331 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20332 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20334 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20336 ;;;***
20338 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (20991 31656
20339 ;;;;;; 363459 0))
20340 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20342 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20343 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
20344 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
20346 UPatterns can take the following forms:
20347 _ matches anything.
20348 SELFQUOTING matches itself. This includes keywords, numbers, and strings.
20349 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20350 (or UPAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20351 (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20352 `QPAT matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
20353 (pred PRED) matches if PRED applied to the object returns non-nil.
20354 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20355 (let UPAT EXP) matches if EXP matches UPAT.
20356 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
20357 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
20359 QPatterns can take the following forms:
20360 (QPAT1 . QPAT2) matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
20361 ,UPAT matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
20362 STRING matches if the object is `equal' to STRING.
20363 ATOM matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
20364 QPatterns for vectors are not implemented yet.
20366 PRED can take the form
20367 FUNCTION in which case it gets called with one argument.
20368 (FUN ARG1 .. ARGN) in which case it gets called with an N+1'th argument
20369 which is the value being matched.
20370 A PRED of the form FUNCTION is equivalent to one of the form (FUNCTION).
20371 PRED patterns can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20372 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
20373 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
20374 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
20376 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20378 (put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20380 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20381 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20382 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20383 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20385 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20387 (put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20389 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20390 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20391 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20392 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20394 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20396 (put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20398 ;;;***
20400 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (20709 26818 907104
20401 ;;;;;; 0))
20402 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20404 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20405 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20407 \(fn)" nil nil)
20409 ;;;***
20411 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (20907 7082 901087
20412 ;;;;;; 0))
20413 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20415 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20416 Completion for `gzip'.
20418 \(fn)" nil nil)
20420 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20421 Completion for `bzip2'.
20423 \(fn)" nil nil)
20425 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20426 Completion for GNU `make'.
20428 \(fn)" nil nil)
20430 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20431 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20433 \(fn)" nil nil)
20435 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20437 ;;;***
20439 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (20884 7264
20440 ;;;;;; 912957 506000))
20441 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20443 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20444 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20446 \(fn)" nil nil)
20448 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20449 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20451 \(fn)" nil nil)
20453 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20454 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20456 \(fn)" nil nil)
20458 ;;;***
20460 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (20709 26818 907104
20461 ;;;;;; 0))
20462 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20464 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20465 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20467 \(fn)" nil nil)
20469 ;;;***
20471 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (20709 26818 907104
20472 ;;;;;; 0))
20473 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20475 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20476 Completion for `cd'.
20478 \(fn)" nil nil)
20480 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20482 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20483 Completion for `rmdir'.
20485 \(fn)" nil nil)
20487 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20488 Completion for `rm'.
20490 \(fn)" nil nil)
20492 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20493 Completion for `xargs'.
20495 \(fn)" nil nil)
20497 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20499 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20500 Completion for `which'.
20502 \(fn)" nil nil)
20504 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20505 Completion for the `chown' command.
20507 \(fn)" nil nil)
20509 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20510 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20512 \(fn)" nil nil)
20514 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20515 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20517 \(fn)" nil nil)
20519 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20520 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20521 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20523 \(fn)" nil nil)
20525 ;;;***
20527 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (20837 15398 184639
20528 ;;;;;; 0))
20529 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
20531 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
20532 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
20534 \(fn)" nil nil)
20536 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
20537 Completion for the `ack' command.
20538 Start an argument with '-' to complete short options and '--' for
20539 long options.
20541 \(fn)" nil nil)
20543 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
20545 ;;;***
20547 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (20709 26818 907104
20548 ;;;;;; 0))
20549 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20551 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20552 Support extensible programmable completion.
20553 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20554 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20556 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20558 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20559 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20561 \(fn)" t nil)
20563 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20564 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20565 This will modify the current buffer.
20567 \(fn)" t nil)
20569 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20570 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20572 \(fn)" t nil)
20574 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20575 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20576 This will modify the current buffer.
20578 \(fn)" t nil)
20580 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20581 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20583 \(fn)" t nil)
20585 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20586 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20588 \(fn)" t nil)
20590 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20591 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20592 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20593 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20594 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20596 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20598 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20599 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20601 \(fn)" nil nil)
20603 ;;;***
20605 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (21052 8364 417872 0))
20606 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20608 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20609 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20610 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20611 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20613 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20615 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20617 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20618 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20619 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20620 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20621 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20622 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20623 FLAGS is ignored.
20625 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20627 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20628 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20629 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20630 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20631 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20632 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20633 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20634 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20636 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20638 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20639 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20640 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20641 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20642 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20643 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20644 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20645 passed to cvs.
20647 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20649 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20650 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20651 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20652 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20653 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20654 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20655 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20657 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20659 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20660 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20661 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20663 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20665 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20666 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20667 A value of nil means never do it.
20668 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20669 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20670 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20672 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20674 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20675 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20676 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20678 ;;;***
20680 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (20709 26818
20681 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
20682 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
20684 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
20685 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
20687 ;;;***
20689 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (20929
20690 ;;;;;; 34089 117790 0))
20691 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20692 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20693 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20694 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20695 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20696 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20697 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20699 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20700 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20701 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20702 Tab indents for Perl code.
20703 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20704 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20705 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20706 \\{perl-mode-map}
20707 Variables controlling indentation style:
20708 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20709 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20710 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20711 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20712 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20713 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20714 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20715 `perl-nochange'
20716 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20717 `perl-indent-level'
20718 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20719 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20720 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20721 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20722 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20723 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20724 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20725 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20726 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20727 `perl-brace-offset'
20728 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20729 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20730 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20731 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20732 `perl-label-offset'
20733 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20734 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20735 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20737 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20738 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20739 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20740 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20741 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20742 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20743 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20745 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20747 \(fn)" t nil)
20749 ;;;***
20751 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (20709 26818
20752 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
20753 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20755 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20756 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20757 \\<picture-mode-map>
20758 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20759 afterwards settable by these commands:
20761 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20762 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20763 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20764 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20766 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20767 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20768 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20769 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20771 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20772 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20773 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20774 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20776 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20777 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20778 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20779 with these commands:
20781 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20782 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20783 Move to column following last
20784 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20785 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20786 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20787 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20788 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20789 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20791 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20793 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20794 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20795 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20796 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20797 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20798 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20800 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20801 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20802 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
20803 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20804 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20805 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20806 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20808 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20809 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20810 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20811 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20812 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20813 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20814 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20815 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
20817 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20818 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20819 by supplying an argument.
20821 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20823 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20824 they are not by default assigned to keys.
20826 \(fn)" t nil)
20828 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20830 ;;;***
20832 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el" (20709 26818 907104
20833 ;;;;;; 0))
20834 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
20836 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
20837 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
20839 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20841 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
20842 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
20844 \(fn)" t nil)
20846 ;;;***
20848 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (20791 9657 561026 0))
20849 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20851 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20852 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20853 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20855 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20857 ;;;***
20859 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
20860 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20862 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20863 Play pong and waste time.
20864 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20865 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20867 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20869 \\{pong-mode-map}
20871 \(fn)" t nil)
20873 ;;;***
20875 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
20876 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
20878 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
20879 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
20880 Use streaming commands.
20882 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20884 ;;;***
20886 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (21013 58662 278539
20887 ;;;;;; 0))
20888 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20890 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
20891 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20892 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20893 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20895 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20897 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
20898 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20900 \(fn)" nil nil)
20902 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
20903 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20904 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20905 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20906 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20908 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20910 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
20911 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20912 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20914 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20916 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
20917 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20919 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20921 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
20922 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
20923 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20924 Ignores leading comment characters.
20926 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20928 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
20929 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
20930 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20931 Ignores leading comment characters.
20933 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20935 ;;;***
20937 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (21032 23080 765139
20938 ;;;;;; 0))
20939 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20940 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
20941 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
20942 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20944 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20946 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20948 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20950 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
20951 Preview directory using ghostview.
20953 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20954 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20955 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20956 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20958 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20959 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20960 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20961 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20962 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20963 file name.
20965 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20967 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20969 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20970 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20972 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20973 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20974 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20975 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20977 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20978 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20979 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20980 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20981 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20982 file name.
20984 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20986 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20988 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
20989 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20991 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20992 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20993 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20994 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20996 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20997 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20998 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20999 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21000 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21001 file name.
21003 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21005 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21007 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21008 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21010 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21012 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21013 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21014 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21015 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21017 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21018 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21019 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21020 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21021 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21022 file name.
21024 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21026 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21028 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21029 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21031 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21032 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21033 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21035 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21036 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21037 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21038 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21040 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21042 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21043 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21045 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21046 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21047 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21049 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21050 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21051 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21052 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21054 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21056 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21057 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21059 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21060 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21061 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21063 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21064 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21065 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21066 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21068 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21070 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21071 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21073 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21075 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21076 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21077 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21079 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21080 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21081 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21082 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21084 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21086 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21087 Preview region using ghostview.
21089 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21091 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21093 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21094 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21096 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21098 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21100 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21101 Print region using PostScript printer.
21103 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21105 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21107 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21108 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21110 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21112 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21114 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21115 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21117 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21119 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21121 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21122 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21124 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21126 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21128 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21129 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21131 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21133 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21135 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21136 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21138 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21140 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21142 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21143 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21144 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21145 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21147 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21148 matching.
21150 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21151 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21153 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21155 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21157 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21158 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21159 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21160 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21162 \(fn)" t nil)
21164 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21165 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21166 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21167 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21169 \(fn)" t nil)
21171 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21172 Print directory using text printer.
21174 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21175 matching.
21177 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21178 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21180 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21182 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21184 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21185 Print buffer using text printer.
21187 \(fn)" t nil)
21189 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21190 Print region using text printer.
21192 \(fn)" t nil)
21194 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21195 Print major mode using text printer.
21197 \(fn)" t nil)
21199 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21200 Preview spooled PostScript.
21202 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21203 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21204 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21206 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21207 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21208 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21210 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21212 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21213 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21215 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21216 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21217 instead of sending it to the printer.
21219 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21220 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21221 image in a file with that name.
21223 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21225 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21226 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21228 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21229 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21230 instead of sending it to the printer.
21232 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21233 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21234 image in a file with that name.
21236 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21238 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21239 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21241 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21242 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21243 instead of sending it to the printer.
21245 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21246 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21247 image in a file with that name.
21249 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21251 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21252 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21254 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21256 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21257 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21259 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21261 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21262 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21264 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21266 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21267 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21269 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21271 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21272 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21274 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21276 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21277 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21279 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21280 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21281 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21282 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21284 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21285 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21286 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21287 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21288 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21289 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21290 file name.
21292 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21294 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21295 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21297 \(fn)" t nil)
21299 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21300 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21302 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21303 right.
21304 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21305 bottom.
21307 \(fn)" t nil)
21309 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21310 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21312 \(fn)" t nil)
21314 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21315 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21317 \(fn)" t nil)
21319 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21320 Toggle printing with faces.
21322 \(fn)" t nil)
21324 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21325 Toggle spooling.
21327 \(fn)" t nil)
21329 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21330 Toggle duplex.
21332 \(fn)" t nil)
21334 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21335 Toggle tumble.
21337 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21338 right.
21339 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21340 bottom.
21342 \(fn)" t nil)
21344 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21345 Toggle landscape.
21347 \(fn)" t nil)
21349 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21350 Toggle upside-down.
21352 \(fn)" t nil)
21354 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21355 Toggle line number.
21357 \(fn)" t nil)
21359 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21360 Toggle zebra stripes.
21362 \(fn)" t nil)
21364 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21365 Toggle printing header.
21367 \(fn)" t nil)
21369 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21370 Toggle printing header frame.
21372 \(fn)" t nil)
21374 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21375 Toggle menu lock.
21377 \(fn)" t nil)
21379 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21380 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21382 \(fn)" t nil)
21384 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21385 Toggle auto mode.
21387 \(fn)" t nil)
21389 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21390 Customization of the `printing' group.
21392 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21394 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21395 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21397 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21399 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21400 Help for the printing package.
21402 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21404 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21405 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21407 \(fn)" t nil)
21409 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21410 Interactively select a text printer.
21412 \(fn)" t nil)
21414 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21415 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21417 \(fn)" t nil)
21419 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21420 Show current ps-print settings.
21422 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21424 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21425 Show current printing settings.
21427 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21429 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21430 Show current lpr settings.
21432 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21434 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21435 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21437 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21438 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21439 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21440 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21443 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21445 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21446 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21447 immediately be done using the current active printer.
21449 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21450 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21451 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21452 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21453 current active printer.
21455 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21456 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21457 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21458 printer.
21460 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21461 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21462 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21463 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21464 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21467 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21468 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21470 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21472 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21473 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21474 be done using the new current active printer.
21476 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21477 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21478 printer.
21480 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21481 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21482 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21483 instead of sending it to the printer.
21485 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21486 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21487 printer.
21489 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21492 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21493 are both set to t.
21495 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21497 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21498 Fast fire function for text printing.
21500 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21501 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21502 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21503 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21505 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21506 user for a new active text printer.
21508 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21510 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21512 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21513 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21514 printer.
21516 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21518 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21519 are both set to t.
21521 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21523 ;;;***
21525 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
21526 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21528 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21529 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21530 \\<proced-mode-map>
21531 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21532 the process information.
21534 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21536 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
21537 Proced buffers.
21539 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21541 ;;;***
21543 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (21040 17194 398147
21544 ;;;;;; 0))
21545 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
21547 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
21548 Start/restart profilers.
21549 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
21550 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
21551 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
21553 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
21555 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
21556 Open profile FILENAME.
21558 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21560 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
21561 Open profile FILENAME.
21563 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21565 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
21566 Open profile FILENAME.
21568 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21570 ;;;***
21572 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (20919 46844
21573 ;;;;;; 767888 0))
21574 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21576 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21577 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
21579 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
21580 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
21582 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
21584 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
21585 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
21587 Commands:
21588 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21589 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
21590 if that value is non-nil.
21592 \(fn)" t nil)
21594 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
21595 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
21596 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
21598 \(fn)" t nil)
21600 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
21601 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21602 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
21604 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21606 ;;;***
21608 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (20799 169 640767 0))
21609 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21611 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21612 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21613 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21615 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21617 ;;;***
21619 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (20777 63161
21620 ;;;;;; 848428 0))
21621 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21622 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
21623 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21624 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21626 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21628 The following variables hold user options, and can
21629 be set through the `customize' command:
21631 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21632 `ps-mode-tab'
21633 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21634 `ps-mode-print-function'
21635 `ps-run-prompt'
21636 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21637 `ps-run-x'
21638 `ps-run-dumb'
21639 `ps-run-init'
21640 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21641 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21643 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21646 \\{ps-mode-map}
21649 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21650 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21651 The keymap for this second window is:
21653 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21656 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21657 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21658 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21659 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21660 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21662 \(fn)" t nil)
21664 ;;;***
21666 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (20975 43430 521692
21667 ;;;;;; 0))
21668 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21669 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
21670 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21671 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21672 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21674 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21676 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21677 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21678 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21679 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21681 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21683 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21684 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21686 Valid values are:
21688 nil Do not print colors.
21690 t Print colors.
21692 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21693 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21695 Any other value is treated as t.")
21697 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21699 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21700 Customization of ps-print group.
21702 \(fn)" t nil)
21704 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21705 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21707 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21708 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21709 sending it to the printer.
21711 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21712 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21713 image in a file with that name.
21715 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21717 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21718 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21719 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21720 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21721 so it has a way to determine color values.
21723 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21725 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21726 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21727 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21729 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21731 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21732 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21733 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21734 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21735 so it has a way to determine color values.
21737 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21739 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21740 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21741 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21742 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21744 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21746 \(fn)" t nil)
21748 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21749 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21750 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
21751 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
21752 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
21754 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21756 \(fn)" t nil)
21758 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21759 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21760 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21762 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21764 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21766 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21767 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21768 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21769 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21770 so it has a way to determine color values.
21772 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21774 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21776 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21777 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21779 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21780 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21781 instead of sending it to the printer.
21783 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21784 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21785 image in a file with that name.
21787 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21789 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21790 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21791 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21792 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21793 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21795 \(fn)" t nil)
21797 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21798 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21799 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21801 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21803 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21804 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21805 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21807 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21809 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21810 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21812 \(fn)" nil nil)
21814 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21815 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21817 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21818 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21820 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21821 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21823 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21825 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21827 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21829 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21830 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21832 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21833 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21835 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21836 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21838 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21840 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21842 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21844 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21845 foreground and background colors respectively.
21847 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21848 bold - use bold font.
21849 italic - use italic font.
21850 underline - put a line under text.
21851 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21852 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21853 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21854 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21855 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21857 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21859 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21861 ;;;***
21863 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (20709 26818 907104
21864 ;;;;;; 0))
21865 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
21866 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
21867 ;;;***
21869 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (21040 17194
21870 ;;;;;; 398147 0))
21871 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21872 (push (purecopy '(python 0 24 2)) package--builtin-versions)
21873 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
21875 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
21877 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
21878 Run an inferior Python process.
21879 Input and output via buffer named after
21880 `python-shell-buffer-name'. If there is a process already
21881 running in that buffer, just switch to it.
21883 With argument, allows you to define CMD so you can edit the
21884 command used to call the interpreter and define DEDICATED, so a
21885 dedicated process for the current buffer is open. When numeric
21886 prefix arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
21888 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
21889 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
21890 process buffer for a list of commands.)
21892 \(fn CMD &optional DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
21894 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
21895 Major mode for editing Python files.
21897 \\{python-mode-map}
21898 Entry to this mode calls the value of `python-mode-hook'
21899 if that value is non-nil.
21901 \(fn)" t nil)
21903 ;;;***
21905 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "gnus/qp.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
21906 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21908 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
21909 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21910 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21911 coding-system.
21913 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21914 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21916 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21917 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21918 them into characters should be done separately.
21920 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21922 ;;;***
21924 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (21061 23341
21925 ;;;;;; 46416 0))
21926 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21928 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
21929 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21931 \(fn)" nil nil)
21933 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
21934 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21935 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
21937 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21938 `quail-activate', which see.
21940 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21942 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
21943 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21944 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21945 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21946 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21947 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21948 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21950 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21951 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21952 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21953 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21954 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21955 shown.
21956 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21958 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21959 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21960 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21961 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21962 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21963 list of candidates.
21965 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21966 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21967 command to be called.
21969 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21970 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21971 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21972 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21974 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21975 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21976 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21977 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21978 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21979 to t.
21981 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21982 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21983 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21984 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21986 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
21987 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
21988 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
21989 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
21991 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21992 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21993 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21994 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21995 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21996 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
21998 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
21999 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22000 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22001 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22002 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22003 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22005 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22006 covers Quail translation region.
22008 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22009 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22010 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22011 for it) is inserted.
22013 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22014 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22015 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22017 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22018 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22019 non-Quail commands.
22021 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22023 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22024 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22026 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22027 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22028 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22029 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22030 you type is correctly handled.
22032 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22034 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22035 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22037 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22038 keyboard type.
22040 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22042 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22043 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22044 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22045 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22046 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22047 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22048 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22049 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22050 for the translation.
22051 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22053 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22054 it is used to handle KEY.
22056 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22057 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22058 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22059 the following annotation types are supported.
22061 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22062 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22064 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22065 candidate list.
22067 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22068 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22069 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22070 inserted.
22072 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22073 generated for the following translations.
22075 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
22077 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22078 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22080 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22081 which to install MAP.
22083 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22085 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22087 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22088 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22090 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22091 which to install MAP.
22093 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22095 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22097 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22098 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22099 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22100 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22101 a function, or a cons.
22102 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22103 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22104 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22105 for the translation.
22106 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22107 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22108 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22109 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22110 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22112 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22113 it is used to handle KEY.
22115 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22116 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22117 current Quail package.
22119 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22120 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22122 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22124 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22125 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22127 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22128 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22130 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22132 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22133 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22135 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22137 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22138 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22139 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22140 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22141 of the Emacs source tree.
22143 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22144 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22146 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22147 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22148 of each directory.
22150 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22152 ;;;***
22154 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (21040 17194 398147
22155 ;;;;;; 0))
22156 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22158 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22159 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22160 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22161 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22163 To make use of this do something like:
22165 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22167 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22169 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22170 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22172 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22173 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22174 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22176 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22178 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22179 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22181 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22183 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22184 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22186 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22187 is decided.
22189 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22191 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22192 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22194 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22195 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22196 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22198 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22200 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22201 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22203 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22205 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22206 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22208 \(fn)" t nil)
22210 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22211 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22213 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22215 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22217 \(fn)" t nil)
22219 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22220 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22222 \(fn)" t nil)
22224 ;;;***
22226 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (20992 52525 458637
22227 ;;;;;; 0))
22228 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22230 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22231 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22233 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22235 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22237 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22239 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22241 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22244 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22246 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22247 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22248 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22249 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22250 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22251 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22253 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22255 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22256 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22257 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22258 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22259 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22261 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22263 ;;;***
22265 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (20709 26818 907104
22266 ;;;;;; 0))
22267 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22269 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
22270 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
22271 See \\[compile].
22273 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22275 ;;;***
22277 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (20984
22278 ;;;;;; 58408 354075 0))
22279 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22281 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22283 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22284 Construct a regexp interactively.
22285 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22286 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22287 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22289 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22290 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22292 \(fn)" t nil)
22294 ;;;***
22296 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (20871 33574 214287
22297 ;;;;;; 0))
22298 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22300 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22301 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22302 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22303 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22304 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22305 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22307 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22309 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22310 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22311 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22312 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22313 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22315 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22316 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22317 were operated on recently.
22319 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22321 ;;;***
22323 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
22324 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22326 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22327 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22328 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22329 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22330 ends.
22332 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22333 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22334 to be deleted.
22336 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22338 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22339 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22340 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22342 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22343 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22344 deleted.
22346 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22348 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22349 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22350 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22352 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22354 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22355 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22357 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22358 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22360 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22361 deleted.
22363 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22364 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22365 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22366 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22367 even beep.)
22369 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22371 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22372 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22374 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22376 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22377 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22379 \(fn)" t nil)
22381 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22382 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22383 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22384 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22385 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22386 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22387 and point is at the lower right corner.
22389 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22391 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22392 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22394 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22395 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22397 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22398 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22399 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22401 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22403 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22405 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22406 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22407 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22408 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22409 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22411 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22412 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22414 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22416 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22417 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22418 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22420 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22422 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22424 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22426 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22427 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22429 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22430 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22431 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22433 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22435 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22436 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22437 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22439 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22440 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22441 rectangle which were empty.
22443 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22445 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22446 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22448 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22449 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22450 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
22451 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22453 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22455 ;;;***
22457 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (20884 7264
22458 ;;;;;; 912957 506000))
22459 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22461 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22462 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
22463 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
22464 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22465 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22467 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
22468 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
22469 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
22470 auto-filling.
22472 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
22474 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22476 ;;;***
22478 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (20928 13222
22479 ;;;;;; 500272 0))
22480 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22482 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22483 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22485 \(fn)" nil nil)
22487 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22488 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22490 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22491 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22493 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22494 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22495 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22496 \\ref macro.
22498 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22499 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22500 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22502 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22503 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22504 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22506 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22507 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22509 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22510 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22512 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22513 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22514 on the menu bar.
22516 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22518 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22520 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22521 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22522 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22524 \(fn)" nil nil)
22526 ;;;***
22528 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" (20921
22529 ;;;;;; 39978 248467 0))
22530 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22532 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
22533 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22534 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22535 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22536 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22537 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22539 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22541 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22543 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22544 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22545 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22546 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22547 `reftex-cite-format'.
22549 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22550 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22551 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22552 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22554 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22556 ;;;***
22558 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22559 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
22560 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22562 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
22563 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22564 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22565 the current TeX document.
22567 With no argument, this command toggles
22568 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22569 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22571 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22573 ;;;***
22575 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22576 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
22577 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22579 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
22580 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22581 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22583 To insert new phrases, use
22584 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22585 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22587 To index phrases use one of:
22589 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22590 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22591 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22592 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22593 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22595 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22596 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22598 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22600 Here are all local bindings.
22602 \\{reftex-index-phrases-mode-map}
22604 \(fn)" t nil)
22606 ;;;***
22608 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22609 ;;;;;; (20921 39978 248467 0))
22610 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22612 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
22613 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22614 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22615 of master file.
22617 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22619 ;;;***
22621 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (20895
22622 ;;;;;; 15912 444844 0))
22623 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22624 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22625 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22626 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22627 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22629 ;;;***
22631 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (20709
22632 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
22633 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22635 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22636 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22637 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22638 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22639 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22640 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22642 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22643 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22645 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22646 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22647 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22648 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
22650 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22652 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22653 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22654 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22655 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22657 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22659 ;;;***
22661 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (20709 26818 907104
22662 ;;;;;; 0))
22663 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
22664 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
22665 ;;;***
22667 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (20945 22315
22668 ;;;;;; 8369 0))
22669 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22670 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22671 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22672 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22673 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22674 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22676 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22678 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22680 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22681 Call `remember' in another frame.
22683 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22685 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22686 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22687 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
22689 \(fn)" t nil)
22691 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22692 Extract diary entries from the region.
22694 \(fn)" nil nil)
22696 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
22697 Creates notes buffer and switches to it if called interactively.
22699 If a notes buffer created by a previous invocation of this
22700 function already exist, it will be returned. Otherwise a new
22701 buffer will be created whose content will be read from file
22702 pointed by `remember-data-file'. If a buffer visiting this file
22703 already exist, that buffer will be used instead of creating a new
22704 one (see `find-file-noselect' function for more details).
22706 Name of the created buffer is taken from `remember-notes-buffer-name'
22707 variable and if a buffer with that name already exist (but was not
22708 created by this function), it will be first killed.
22709 \\<remember-notes-mode-map>
22710 `remember-notes-mode' is active in the notes buffer which by default
22711 contains only one \\[save-and-bury-buffer] binding which saves and
22712 buries the buffer.
22714 Function returns notes buffer. When called interactively,
22715 switches to it as well.
22717 Notes buffer is meant for keeping random notes which you'd like to
22718 preserve across Emacs restarts. The notes will be stored in the
22719 `remember-data-file'.
22721 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
22723 ;;;***
22725 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
22726 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22727 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
22728 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22729 Repeat most recently executed command.
22730 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
22731 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
22732 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
22734 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22735 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22736 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22737 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22739 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22740 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22741 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22743 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22745 ;;;***
22747 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (20921 39978
22748 ;;;;;; 248467 0))
22749 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22751 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22752 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22754 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22755 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22756 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22757 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22758 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22759 and point is left after the salutation.
22761 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22762 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22763 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22764 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22765 left after that text.
22767 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22768 is non-nil.
22770 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22771 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22772 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22773 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22775 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22777 ;;;***
22779 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (20992 52525 458637
22780 ;;;;;; 0))
22781 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22783 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22784 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22785 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22786 visibility of comments that precede it.
22787 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22788 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22789 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22790 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22791 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22792 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22793 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22794 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22795 the comment lines.
22796 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22797 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22798 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22799 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22800 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22802 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22804 ;;;***
22806 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (21041 38058 75002 0))
22807 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22809 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22810 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
22811 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
22812 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22813 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22815 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
22816 reveals invisible text around point.
22818 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22820 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22821 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22822 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22823 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22824 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22825 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22827 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22829 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22830 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
22831 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22833 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
22834 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22835 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22839 ;;;***
22841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (20709 26818 907104
22842 ;;;;;; 0))
22843 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22845 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22846 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22848 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22850 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22851 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22853 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22855 ;;;***
22857 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (20903 10024 645978
22858 ;;;;;; 0))
22859 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22861 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22862 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22863 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22864 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22866 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22868 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22869 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22870 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22871 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22873 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22874 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22876 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22877 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22879 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22880 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22881 INPUT-ARGS.
22883 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22884 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22885 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22886 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22887 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22889 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22890 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22891 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22892 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22894 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22895 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22896 variable.
22898 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22900 ;;;***
22902 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (21049 32304 81561
22903 ;;;;;; 723000))
22904 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22906 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
22907 Name of user's primary mail file.")
22909 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
22911 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
22913 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
22914 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
22915 Its name should end with a slash.")
22917 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
22918 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
22920 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
22921 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22922 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22924 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22926 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22927 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22928 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22929 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22930 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22931 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22932 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22934 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22935 sent by you under different user names.
22936 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22938 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22940 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
22942 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22944 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22945 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
22946 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
22947 explicitly.")
22949 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22951 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
22952 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22953 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22954 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22955 which normally happens once for each message,
22956 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22957 To make a change in this variable take effect
22958 for a message that you have already viewed,
22959 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22961 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22963 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22964 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22965 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22966 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22968 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
22970 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
22971 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22973 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22975 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
22976 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22977 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
22979 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
22981 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22982 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
22983 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
22984 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
22985 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
22986 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
22988 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
22990 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
22991 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22993 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
22995 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
22996 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22998 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23000 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23001 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23003 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23004 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23006 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23008 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23009 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23011 This is set to nil by default.")
23013 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23014 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23015 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
23016 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
23017 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23018 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23019 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23021 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23022 Read and edit incoming mail.
23023 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23024 file in RMAIL Mode.
23025 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23027 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23028 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23029 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23030 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23032 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23034 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23036 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23037 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23038 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23039 Instead, these commands are available:
23041 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23042 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23043 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23044 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23045 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23046 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23047 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23048 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23049 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23050 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23051 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23052 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23053 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23054 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23055 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23056 till a deleted message is found.
23057 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23058 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23059 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23060 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23061 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23062 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23063 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23064 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23065 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23066 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23067 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23068 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23069 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23070 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23071 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23072 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23073 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23074 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23075 (label defaults to last one specified).
23076 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23077 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23078 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23079 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23080 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23081 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23082 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23083 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23084 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23086 \(fn)" t nil)
23088 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23089 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23091 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23093 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23094 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23096 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23098 ;;;***
23100 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (20709 26818
23101 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
23102 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23103 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23105 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23106 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23107 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23108 case it writes Babyl.
23110 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23111 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23112 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23113 `rmail-default-file'.
23115 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23116 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23117 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23119 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23120 the header display is currently pruned.
23122 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23123 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23124 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23125 messages after output.
23127 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23128 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23129 message (if writing a file directly).
23131 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23132 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23134 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23136 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23137 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23138 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23139 i) the header is output as currently seen
23140 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23141 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23143 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23144 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23145 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23147 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23149 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23150 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23151 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23152 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23153 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23154 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23155 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23157 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23158 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23159 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23161 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23163 ;;;***
23165 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (20998 4934
23166 ;;;;;; 952905 0))
23167 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23169 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23170 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23171 Return a pattern.
23173 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23175 ;;;***
23177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (20813 33065
23178 ;;;;;; 721081 0))
23179 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23181 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23182 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23183 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23184 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23186 \(fn)" t nil)
23188 ;;;***
23190 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (20884 6711
23191 ;;;;;; 386198 0))
23192 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23194 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23195 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23197 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23198 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23199 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23200 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23201 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23202 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23203 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23204 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23205 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23206 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23208 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23209 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
23210 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23211 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23212 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23213 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23214 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23215 to use for finding the schema.
23217 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23219 ;;;***
23221 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (20709 26818 907104
23222 ;;;;;; 0))
23223 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23225 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23227 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23228 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23229 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23230 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23231 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23232 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23233 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23234 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23235 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23236 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23237 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23238 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23239 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23240 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23241 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23242 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23243 must be equal.
23245 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23247 ;;;***
23249 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (20523 62082
23250 ;;;;;; 997685 0))
23251 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23253 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23254 Define a robin package.
23256 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23257 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23258 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23259 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23261 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23262 one replaces the old one.
23264 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23266 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23267 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23269 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23270 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23271 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23273 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23275 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23276 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23278 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23280 ;;;***
23282 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (20992 52525 458637 0))
23283 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23285 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23286 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23288 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23290 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23291 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23293 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23295 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23296 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23298 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23300 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23301 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23302 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23304 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23305 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23306 in ROT13.
23308 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23310 \(fn)" t nil)
23312 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23313 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23315 \(fn)" t nil)
23317 ;;;***
23319 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (20932 10282 564846
23320 ;;;;;; 0))
23321 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23322 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23324 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23325 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23326 \\<rst-mode-map>
23328 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23329 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23330 highlighting.
23332 \\{rst-mode-map}
23334 \(fn)" t nil)
23336 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23337 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23338 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23339 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23340 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23342 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23343 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23344 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23346 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23348 ;;;***
23350 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (21046
23351 ;;;;;; 55978 585230 0))
23352 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23353 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23354 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23355 Major mode for editing Ruby scripts.
23356 \\[ruby-indent-line] properly indents subexpressions of multi-line
23357 class, module, def, if, while, for, do, and case statements, taking
23358 nesting into account.
23360 The variable `ruby-indent-level' controls the amount of indentation.
23362 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23364 \(fn)" t nil)
23366 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\." "rb\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|gemspec" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "Vagrant\\|Guard\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
23368 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23370 ;;;***
23372 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (20791 9657 561026
23373 ;;;;;; 0))
23374 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23375 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
23376 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23377 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23378 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23380 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23381 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23382 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23383 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23384 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23386 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23388 ;;;***
23390 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (20709 26818 907104
23391 ;;;;;; 0))
23392 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23394 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23395 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23396 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23397 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23399 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23401 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23402 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23403 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23405 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23406 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23407 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23409 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23410 notation.
23412 STRING
23413 matches string STRING literally.
23415 CHAR
23416 matches character CHAR literally.
23418 `not-newline', `nonl'
23419 matches any character except a newline.
23421 `anything'
23422 matches any character
23424 `(any SET ...)'
23425 `(in SET ...)'
23426 `(char SET ...)'
23427 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23428 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23429 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23431 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23432 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23433 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23434 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23436 `(not (any SET ...))'
23437 matches any character not in SET ...
23439 `line-start', `bol'
23440 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23441 in the text being matched
23443 `line-end', `eol'
23444 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23446 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23447 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23448 string being matched against.
23450 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23451 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23452 string being matched against.
23454 `buffer-start'
23455 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23456 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23458 `buffer-end'
23459 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23460 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23462 `point'
23463 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23465 `word-start', `bow'
23466 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23468 `word-end', `eow'
23469 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23471 `word-boundary'
23472 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23473 word.
23475 `(not word-boundary)'
23476 `not-word-boundary'
23477 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23478 word.
23480 `symbol-start'
23481 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23483 `symbol-end'
23484 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23486 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23487 matches 0 through 9.
23489 `control', `cntrl'
23490 matches ASCII control characters.
23492 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23493 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23495 `blank'
23496 matches space and tab only.
23498 `graphic', `graph'
23499 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23500 space, and DEL.
23502 `printing', `print'
23503 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23504 and DEL.
23506 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23507 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23508 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23510 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23511 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23512 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23514 `ascii'
23515 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23517 `nonascii'
23518 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23520 `lower', `lower-case'
23521 matches anything lower-case.
23523 `upper', `upper-case'
23524 matches anything upper-case.
23526 `punctuation', `punct'
23527 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23528 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23530 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23531 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23533 `word', `wordchar'
23534 matches anything that has word syntax.
23536 `not-wordchar'
23537 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23539 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23540 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23541 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23542 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23544 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23545 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23546 `word' (\\sw)
23547 `symbol' (\\s_)
23548 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23549 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23550 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23551 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23552 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23553 `escape' (\\s\\)
23554 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23555 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23556 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23557 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23558 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23560 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23561 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23563 `(category CATEGORY)'
23564 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23565 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23567 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23568 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23569 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23570 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23571 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23572 `symbol' (\\c5)
23573 `digit' (\\c6)
23574 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23575 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23576 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23577 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23578 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23579 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23580 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
23581 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23582 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23583 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23584 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23585 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23586 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23587 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23588 `ascii' (\\ca)
23589 `arabic' (\\cb)
23590 `chinese' (\\cc)
23591 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23592 `greek' (\\cg)
23593 `korean' (\\ch)
23594 `indian' (\\ci)
23595 `japanese' (\\cj)
23596 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23597 `latin' (\\cl)
23598 `lao' (\\co)
23599 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23600 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23601 `thai' (\\ct)
23602 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23603 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23604 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23605 `can-break' (\\c|)
23607 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23608 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23610 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23611 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23612 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23613 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23614 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23616 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23617 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23618 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23619 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23621 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23622 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23623 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
23624 group number N.
23626 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23627 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23628 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23629 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23630 regular expression.
23632 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23633 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23634 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23635 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23636 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23638 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23639 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23641 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23642 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23644 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23645 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23646 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23648 `(* SEXP ...)'
23649 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23650 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23652 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23653 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23654 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23656 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23657 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23658 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23660 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23661 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23663 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23664 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23666 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23667 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23668 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23669 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23671 `(? SEXP ...)'
23672 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23674 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23675 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23677 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23678 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23679 matches N occurrences.
23681 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23682 matches N or more occurrences.
23684 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23685 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23686 matches N to M occurrences.
23688 `(backref N)'
23689 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23691 `(eval FORM)'
23692 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23693 `regexp-quote' it.
23695 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23696 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23698 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
23700 ;;;***
23702 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (20709 26818
23703 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
23704 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
23705 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23706 ;;;***
23708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (21040 42923 330142
23709 ;;;;;; 838000))
23710 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23711 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
23712 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23713 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
23714 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23715 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23716 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23717 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
23719 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23721 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23722 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
23723 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
23724 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23725 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23727 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
23728 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
23729 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
23730 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
23732 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23733 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
23734 histories, which is probably undesirable.
23736 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23738 ;;;***
23740 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (20924 16196
23741 ;;;;;; 967284 0))
23742 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23744 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23745 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23746 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23748 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23749 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23750 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23751 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23752 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23753 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23754 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23755 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23757 Commands:
23758 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23759 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23760 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23761 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23762 if that value is non-nil.
23764 \(fn)" t nil)
23766 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23767 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23768 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23770 Commands:
23771 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23772 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23773 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23774 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23775 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23776 that variable's value is a string.
23778 \(fn)" t nil)
23780 ;;;***
23782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (21040 17194
23783 ;;;;;; 398147 0))
23784 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23786 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23787 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23788 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23790 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23792 \(fn)" t nil)
23794 ;;;***
23796 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (20709 26818 907104
23797 ;;;;;; 0))
23798 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23800 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23801 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23802 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23803 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23804 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23805 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23807 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23809 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23810 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
23811 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
23812 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23813 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23815 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
23816 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23818 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23820 ;;;***
23822 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (20709 26818
23823 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
23824 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23826 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23827 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23828 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
23829 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23830 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
23831 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
23832 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
23833 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
23835 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23837 ;;;***
23839 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (20929 34089 117790
23840 ;;;;;; 0))
23841 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
23842 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
23843 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
23845 ;;;***
23847 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (21052 33668
23848 ;;;;;; 690120 156000))
23849 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
23850 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23851 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
23852 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
23853 The possible elements of this list include the following:
23855 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
23856 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
23857 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
23858 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
23859 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
23860 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
23861 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
23862 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
23863 keybinding for tag names.
23864 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
23865 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
23866 of the symbol under point.
23867 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
23868 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
23869 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
23870 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
23871 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
23872 syntax tokens.
23873 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
23875 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
23877 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
23878 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
23879 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23880 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23881 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23882 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
23884 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
23886 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
23887 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
23888 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
23889 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23890 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23892 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
23893 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
23894 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
23895 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
23896 Semantic mode.
23898 \\{semantic-mode-map}
23900 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23902 ;;;***
23904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
23905 ;;;;;; (20895 15912 444844 0))
23906 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
23908 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
23909 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
23911 \(fn)" t nil)
23913 ;;;***
23915 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
23916 ;;;;;; (20879 27694 495748 0))
23917 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
23919 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
23920 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
23922 \(fn)" t nil)
23924 ;;;***
23926 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (21002 1963 769129
23927 ;;;;;; 0))
23928 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23930 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
23931 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23933 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23934 king@grassland.com
23935 If `parens', they look like:
23936 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23937 If `angles', they look like:
23938 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23940 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
23941 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
23943 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
23945 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23946 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23947 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23948 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23950 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23951 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23952 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23953 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23955 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
23957 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23958 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23959 This is done when the message is initialized,
23960 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23962 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
23964 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
23965 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23966 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
23968 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
23970 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
23971 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23972 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23973 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23974 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23975 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23976 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23978 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
23980 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
23981 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23983 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
23985 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23986 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23987 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
23988 be a Babyl file.")
23990 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
23992 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23993 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23994 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23995 when you first send mail.")
23997 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
23999 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
24000 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24001 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24002 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24003 This file need not actually exist.")
24005 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24007 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24008 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
24010 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24012 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24013 Alist of mail address aliases,
24014 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24015 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24016 can specify a different file name.)
24017 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24018 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24020 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
24021 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24022 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
24024 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24026 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24027 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24028 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24030 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24032 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24033 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24034 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24035 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24036 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24037 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24038 in the cited portion of the message.
24040 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24041 instead of no action.")
24043 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24045 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24046 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24047 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24048 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24049 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24051 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24053 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24054 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24055 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24056 If a string, that string is inserted.
24057 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24058 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24059 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24060 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24062 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24064 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24065 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24067 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24069 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24070 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24071 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24073 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24074 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24076 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24078 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24079 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24080 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24081 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24083 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24085 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
24086 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
24087 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
24089 \(fn)" nil nil)
24091 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24093 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24096 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24098 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24099 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24100 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24102 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24103 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24105 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24106 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24107 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24108 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24109 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24110 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24111 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24112 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24113 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24114 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24115 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
24116 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
24117 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24118 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24120 \(fn)" t nil)
24122 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24123 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24124 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24125 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24127 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24129 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24130 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24131 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24132 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24133 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24134 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24136 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24137 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24138 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24140 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24141 User should not set this variable manually,
24142 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24143 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24144 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24146 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24147 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24148 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24149 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24151 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24152 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24154 \\<mail-mode-map>
24155 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24157 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24158 to move to message header fields:
24159 \\{mail-mode-map}
24161 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24162 when the message is initialized.
24164 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24165 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24167 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24168 is inserted.
24170 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24171 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24173 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24174 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24175 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24176 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24177 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24178 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24179 buffer without erasing the contents.
24181 The second through fifth arguments,
24182 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24183 the initial contents of those header fields.
24184 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24185 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24186 original message being replied to, or else an action
24187 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24188 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24189 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24190 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24191 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24192 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24194 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24196 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24197 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24199 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24201 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24202 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24204 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24206 ;;;***
24208 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (20992 52525 458637 0))
24209 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24211 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24213 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24215 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24217 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24218 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24219 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24220 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24221 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24222 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24224 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24225 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24227 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24228 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24229 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24231 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24232 \\[server-start].
24234 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24236 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24237 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24238 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24239 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24241 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24243 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24244 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24245 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24246 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24247 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24248 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24250 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24252 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24253 Toggle Server mode.
24254 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24255 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24256 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24258 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24259 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
24260 `server-start' for details.
24262 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24264 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24265 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24266 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24268 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24269 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24271 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24273 ;;;***
24275 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (20999 25770 522517 0))
24276 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24278 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24279 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24280 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
24282 Key definitions:
24283 \\{ses-mode-map}
24284 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
24285 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24286 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
24287 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24289 \(fn)" t nil)
24291 ;;;***
24293 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (20784
24294 ;;;;;; 36406 653593 0))
24295 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24297 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24298 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24299 Makes > match <.
24300 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24301 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24303 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24304 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24305 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24307 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24308 in your init file.
24310 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24312 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24313 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24314 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24316 \(fn)" t nil)
24318 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24319 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24320 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24321 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24322 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24323 which this is based.
24325 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24327 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24328 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24329 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24330 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24332 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24333 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24334 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24336 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24337 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24338 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24339 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24341 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24342 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24343 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24344 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24346 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24348 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24349 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24350 To work around that, do:
24351 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24353 \\{html-mode-map}
24355 \(fn)" t nil)
24357 ;;;***
24359 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (21039
24360 ;;;;;; 31945 0 0))
24361 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24362 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)(put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24364 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24365 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24366 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24367 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24368 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24369 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24371 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24372 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24373 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24374 shell-specific features.
24376 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24377 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24378 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24379 \\<sh-mode-map>
24380 \\[sh-case] case statement
24381 \\[sh-for] for loop
24382 \\[sh-function] function definition
24383 \\[sh-if] if statement
24384 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24385 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24386 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24387 \\[sh-select] select loop
24388 \\[sh-until] until loop
24389 \\[sh-while] while loop
24391 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24392 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24393 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24394 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24395 would indent to the way it currently is.
24396 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24397 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24400 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24401 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24402 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24403 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24404 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24405 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24407 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24408 unquoted < insert a here document.
24410 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24411 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24412 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24414 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24415 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24417 \(fn)" t nil)
24419 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24421 ;;;***
24423 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (20858 21542
24424 ;;;;;; 723007 0))
24425 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24427 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24428 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24430 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24431 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24432 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24434 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24435 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24436 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24437 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24438 the earlier.
24440 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24442 \(\"/usr/share/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/share/emacs/24.3/lisp\")
24444 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24445 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24446 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24448 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24449 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24451 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24452 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24453 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24454 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24455 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24456 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
24457 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24458 Emacs version).
24460 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24461 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24462 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24463 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24464 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24466 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24467 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24469 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24471 ;;;***
24473 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (20959 55207 940876
24474 ;;;;;; 0))
24475 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24477 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24478 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24479 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24480 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24481 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24482 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24483 sites in the cluster.
24485 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24487 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24488 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24489 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24490 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24491 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24493 \(fn)" t nil)
24495 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24496 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24497 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24498 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24499 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24500 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24501 `shadow-define-cluster').
24503 \(fn)" t nil)
24505 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24506 Set up file shadowing.
24508 \(fn)" t nil)
24510 ;;;***
24512 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (21041 38058 75002 0))
24513 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24515 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24516 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24517 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24518 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24519 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24520 arguments.")
24522 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24524 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24525 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24526 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24527 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24528 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24530 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24531 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24532 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24533 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24534 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24535 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24536 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24537 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24538 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24539 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24540 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24542 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24543 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24544 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24545 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24546 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24547 `default-process-coding-system'.
24549 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24550 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24551 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24552 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24554 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24556 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24558 ;;;***
24560 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (21049 14338 391345 0))
24561 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
24563 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
24564 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
24565 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
24566 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
24568 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
24570 ;;;***
24572 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (20926 57896 715754
24573 ;;;;;; 0))
24574 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24576 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24579 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24581 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24584 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24586 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24589 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24591 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
24594 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24596 ;;;***
24598 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el" (20709 26818
24599 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
24600 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24602 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24603 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24604 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24605 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24606 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24608 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24610 \(fn)" t nil)
24612 ;;;***
24614 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (20777 63161
24615 ;;;;;; 848428 0))
24616 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24618 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24619 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24620 \\{simula-mode-map}
24621 Variables controlling indentation style:
24622 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24623 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24624 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24625 `simula-indent-level'
24626 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24627 `simula-substatement-offset'
24628 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24629 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24630 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24631 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24632 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24633 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24634 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24635 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24636 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24637 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24638 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24639 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24640 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24641 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24642 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24643 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24644 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24645 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24646 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24647 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24648 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24649 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24650 or nil if they should not be changed.
24651 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24652 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24653 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24654 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24656 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24657 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24659 \(fn)" t nil)
24661 ;;;***
24663 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (20912 25000 802412
24664 ;;;;;; 0))
24665 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24667 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24668 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24670 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24671 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24672 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24673 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24675 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
24677 (put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
24679 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24680 Insert SKELETON.
24681 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24682 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24683 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24684 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24685 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24687 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24688 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24690 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24692 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24693 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24695 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24696 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24697 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24698 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24700 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24701 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24702 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24703 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24705 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24706 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24707 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24709 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24710 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24712 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24713 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24715 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24716 _ interesting point, interregion here
24717 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24718 interesting point set by _
24719 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24720 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24721 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24722 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24723 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24724 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24725 nil skipped
24727 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24728 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24730 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24731 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24732 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24733 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24734 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24735 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24736 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24737 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24739 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24740 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24741 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24742 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24743 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24744 available:
24746 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24747 then: insert previously read string once more
24748 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24749 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24750 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24752 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24753 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24755 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24757 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24758 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24760 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24761 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24762 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24763 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24764 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24765 such as backslash.
24767 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24768 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24769 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24771 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24773 ;;;***
24775 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (21022 27213
24776 ;;;;;; 317995 0))
24777 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
24779 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24780 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24781 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24782 buffer names.
24784 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24786 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24787 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24788 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24789 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24790 if ARG is omitted or nil.
24791 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24793 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24795 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
24796 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
24797 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
24799 \(fn)" t nil)
24801 ;;;***
24803 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (20726 5184 974741
24804 ;;;;;; 509000))
24805 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24807 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24808 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24809 A list of images is returned.
24811 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24813 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24814 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
24815 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
24817 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24819 ;;;***
24821 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (20709 26818
24822 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
24823 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24825 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24828 \(fn)" nil nil)
24830 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24831 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24833 \(fn)" t nil)
24835 ;;;***
24837 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (21040 17194 398147
24838 ;;;;;; 0))
24839 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24841 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24842 Play the Snake game.
24843 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24845 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24847 Snake mode keybindings:
24848 \\<snake-mode-map>
24849 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24850 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24851 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24852 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24853 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24854 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24855 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24857 \(fn)" t nil)
24859 ;;;***
24861 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (20891 18859
24862 ;;;;;; 893295 0))
24863 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24865 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24866 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24867 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24868 Tab indents for C code.
24869 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24870 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24871 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24872 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24873 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24875 \(fn)" t nil)
24877 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24878 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24879 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24880 Tab indents for C code.
24881 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24882 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24883 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24884 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24885 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24887 \(fn)" t nil)
24889 ;;;***
24891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (20709 26818 907104
24892 ;;;;;; 0))
24893 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24895 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
24896 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24897 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
24898 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
24899 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24901 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
24903 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24905 ;;;***
24907 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (20709 26818
24908 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
24909 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24911 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
24912 Play Solitaire.
24914 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24915 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24916 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24917 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24918 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24919 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24920 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24921 check after each move or undo.)
24923 What is Solitaire?
24925 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24926 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24927 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24929 Le Solitaire
24930 ============
24932 o o o
24934 o o o
24936 o o o o o o o
24938 o o o . o o o
24940 o o o o o o o
24942 o o o
24944 o o o
24946 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24947 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24948 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24949 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24951 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24952 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24953 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24954 this: o o .
24956 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24957 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24959 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24961 o o o
24963 . o o
24965 o o . o o o o
24967 o . o o o o o
24969 o o o o o o o
24971 o o o
24973 o o o
24975 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
24977 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24979 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24981 ;;;***
24983 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (20896 36774 886399 0))
24984 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24985 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
24987 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
24988 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24990 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
24991 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
24992 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
24993 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
24994 contiguous.
24996 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
24997 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
24998 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24999 the sort order.
25001 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25002 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25004 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25005 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25006 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25007 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25008 is called.
25010 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25011 It should move point to the end of the record.
25013 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25014 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25015 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25016 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25017 starts at the beginning of the record.
25019 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25020 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25021 same as ENDRECFUN.
25023 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
25024 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
25025 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
25026 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
25027 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
25028 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
25029 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
25031 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25033 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25034 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25035 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25036 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25037 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25038 the sort order.
25040 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25042 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25043 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25044 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25045 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25046 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25047 the sort order.
25049 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25051 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25052 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25053 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25054 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25055 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25056 the sort order.
25058 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25059 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25061 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25062 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25063 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25064 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25065 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25066 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25067 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25068 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25069 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25071 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25073 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25074 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25075 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25076 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25077 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25078 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25079 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25080 the sort order.
25082 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25084 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25085 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25086 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25087 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25089 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25090 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
25092 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25093 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25094 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
25095 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25096 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
25097 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25098 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25099 found within a record, that record is ignored.
25101 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25103 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25104 the sort order.
25106 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25107 starting with the letter \"f\",
25108 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25110 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25112 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25113 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25114 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25115 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25116 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25117 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25118 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25119 the sort order.
25121 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25122 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25123 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25124 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25125 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25127 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25129 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25130 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25131 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25133 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25135 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
25136 Delete duplicate lines in the region between BEG and END.
25138 If REVERSE is nil, search and delete duplicates forward keeping the first
25139 occurrence of duplicate lines. If REVERSE is non-nil (when called
25140 interactively with C-u prefix), search and delete duplicates backward
25141 keeping the last occurrence of duplicate lines.
25143 If ADJACENT is non-nil (when called interactively with two C-u prefixes),
25144 delete repeated lines only if they are adjacent. It works like the utility
25145 `uniq' and is useful when lines are already sorted in a large file since
25146 this is more efficient in performance and memory usage than when ADJACENT
25147 is nil that uses additional memory to remember previous lines.
25149 If KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (when called interactively with three C-u prefixes),
25150 duplicate blank lines are preserved.
25152 When called from Lisp and INTERACTIVE is omitted or nil, return the number
25153 of deleted duplicate lines, do not print it; if INTERACTIVE is t, the
25154 function behaves in all respects as if it had been called interactively.
25156 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
25158 ;;;***
25160 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (20901 54695 989166 0))
25161 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25163 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25164 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25165 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25166 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25167 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25168 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25170 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25172 ;;;***
25174 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (20874
25175 ;;;;;; 65006 672942 217000))
25176 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25178 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25179 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25181 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25182 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25183 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25185 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25187 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25188 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25189 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25190 server.
25192 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25194 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25195 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25196 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25198 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25200 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25201 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25202 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25203 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25204 Agent is plugged.
25206 \(fn)" t nil)
25208 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25209 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25210 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25211 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25213 \(fn)" t nil)
25215 ;;;***
25217 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (21024 28968 738399
25218 ;;;;;; 0))
25219 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25221 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25223 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25224 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25225 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25226 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25227 supported at a time.
25228 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25229 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25231 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25233 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25234 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25235 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25236 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25238 \(fn)" t nil)
25240 ;;;***
25242 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (21041 38058 75002
25243 ;;;;;; 0))
25244 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25246 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25247 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25249 \(fn)" t nil)
25251 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25252 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25254 \(fn)" nil nil)
25256 ;;;***
25258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (20975 10147 44538
25259 ;;;;;; 0))
25260 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25261 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 3)) package--builtin-versions)
25262 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25263 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25265 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25266 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25267 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25268 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25269 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25270 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25271 of the current highlighting list.
25273 For example:
25275 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25276 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25278 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25279 `_t' as data types.
25281 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25283 (eval '(defun sql-help nil #("Show short help for the SQL modes.\n\nUse an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is\nusually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.\n\nUse the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:\n\n \\\\FREE\n\nOther non-free SQL implementations are also supported:\n\n \\\\NONFREE\n\nBut we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.\n\nYou can also use \\[sql-product-interactive] to invoke the\ninterpreter for the current `sql-product'.\n\nOnce you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the\nbuffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt\nis generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions\nthat help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.\n\nIf you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a\nprocedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in\n`sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be\nanything. The name of the major mode is SQL.\n\nIn this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire\nbuffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are\nappended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." 0 1 (dynamic-docstring-function sql--make-help-docstring)) (interactive) (describe-function 'sql-help)))
25285 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25286 Major mode to edit SQL.
25288 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25289 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25290 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25292 \\{sql-mode-map}
25293 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25295 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25296 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25297 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25298 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25299 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25300 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25302 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25303 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25305 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25306 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25307 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
25309 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25310 (lambda ()
25311 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25313 \(fn)" t nil)
25315 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25316 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25318 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25319 their settings.
25321 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25322 is specified in the connection settings.
25324 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25326 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25327 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25329 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25330 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25332 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25333 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25334 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25335 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25337 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25339 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25341 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25342 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25344 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25345 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25346 `*SQL*'.
25348 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25349 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25350 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25351 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25353 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25354 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25356 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25357 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25358 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25359 buffer.
25361 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25362 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25363 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25364 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25365 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25366 `default-process-coding-system'.
25368 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25370 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25372 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25373 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25375 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25376 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25377 `*SQL*'.
25379 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25380 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25381 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25382 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25384 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25385 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25387 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25388 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25389 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25390 buffer.
25392 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25393 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25394 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25395 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25396 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25397 `default-process-coding-system'.
25399 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25401 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25403 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25404 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25406 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25407 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25408 `*SQL*'.
25410 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25411 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25413 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25414 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25416 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25417 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
25418 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25419 buffer.
25421 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25422 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25423 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25424 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25425 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25426 `default-process-coding-system'.
25428 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25430 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25432 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25433 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25435 SQLite is free software.
25437 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25438 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25439 `*SQL*'.
25441 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25442 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25443 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25444 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25446 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25447 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25449 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25450 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
25451 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25452 buffer.
25454 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25455 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25456 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25457 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25458 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25459 `default-process-coding-system'.
25461 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25463 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25465 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25466 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25468 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25470 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25471 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25472 `*SQL*'.
25474 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25475 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25476 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25477 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25479 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25480 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25482 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25483 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
25484 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25485 buffer.
25487 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25488 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25489 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25490 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25491 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25492 `default-process-coding-system'.
25494 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25496 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25498 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25499 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25501 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25502 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25503 `*SQL*'.
25505 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25506 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25507 defaults, if set.
25509 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25510 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25512 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25513 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
25514 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25515 buffer.
25517 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25518 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25519 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25520 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25521 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25522 `default-process-coding-system'.
25524 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25526 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25528 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25529 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25531 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25532 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25533 `*SQL*'.
25535 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25536 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25538 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25539 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25541 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25542 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
25543 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25544 buffer.
25546 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25547 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25548 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25549 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25550 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25551 `default-process-coding-system'.
25553 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25555 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25557 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25558 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25560 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25561 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25562 `*SQL*'.
25564 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25565 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25566 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25567 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25569 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25570 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25572 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25573 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
25574 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25575 buffer.
25577 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25578 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25579 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25580 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25581 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25582 `default-process-coding-system'.
25584 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25586 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25588 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25589 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25591 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25592 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25593 `*SQL*'.
25595 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25596 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25597 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25598 `sql-postgres-options'.
25600 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25601 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25603 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25604 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
25605 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25606 buffer.
25608 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25609 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25610 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25611 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25612 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25613 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25614 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25615 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25617 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25618 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25620 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25622 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25624 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25625 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25627 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25628 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25629 `*SQL*'.
25631 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25632 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25633 defaults, if set.
25635 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25636 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25638 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25639 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
25640 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25641 buffer.
25643 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25644 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25645 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25646 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25647 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25648 `default-process-coding-system'.
25650 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25652 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25654 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25655 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25657 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25658 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25659 `*SQL*'.
25661 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25662 automatic login.
25664 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25665 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25667 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25668 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25669 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25670 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25672 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25673 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
25674 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25675 buffer.
25677 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25678 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25679 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25680 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25681 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25682 `default-process-coding-system'.
25684 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25686 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25688 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25689 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25691 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25692 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25693 `*SQL*'.
25695 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25696 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25697 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25698 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25699 parameters.
25701 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25702 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25703 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25704 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25705 an empty password.
25707 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25708 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25710 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25711 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
25712 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25713 buffer.
25715 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25717 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25719 ;;;***
25721 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (20748 62911 684442
25722 ;;;;;; 0))
25723 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
25724 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
25725 ;;;***
25727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
25728 ;;;;;; (21048 47760 436258 0))
25729 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
25731 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
25732 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
25734 \(fn)" t nil)
25736 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
25738 ;;;***
25740 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el" (20709 26818
25741 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
25742 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
25744 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
25745 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
25746 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
25747 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
25748 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
25749 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
25750 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
25751 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
25752 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
25753 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
25754 with any buffer
25755 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
25756 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
25757 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
25758 GnuTLS requires a port number.
25760 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
25762 ;;;***
25764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (20799 169 640767 0))
25765 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25767 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25768 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25769 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25770 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25771 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25772 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25774 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25776 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25778 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25779 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25780 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25781 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25782 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25783 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25784 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25786 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25788 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25789 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25790 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25791 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25792 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25793 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25794 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25796 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25798 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25799 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25800 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25802 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25804 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25805 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25806 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25808 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25810 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25811 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25813 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25815 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25816 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25818 \(fn)" t nil)
25820 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25821 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25823 \(fn)" t nil)
25825 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25826 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25827 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25828 chronologically by command name.
25829 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25831 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25833 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25834 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25835 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25836 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25837 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25838 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25840 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25842 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25843 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
25844 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
25845 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25846 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25848 \\<strokes-mode-map>
25849 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25850 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25851 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25852 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25854 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25855 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25856 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25857 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25859 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25861 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25863 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
25864 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25865 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25866 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25868 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25870 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25871 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25873 \(fn)" t nil)
25875 ;;;***
25877 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (20355 10021 546955
25878 ;;;;;; 0))
25879 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25881 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
25882 Studlify-case the region.
25884 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25886 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
25887 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25889 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25891 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
25892 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25894 \(fn)" t nil)
25896 ;;;***
25898 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (20974 22577
25899 ;;;;;; 548213 0))
25900 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
25902 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
25903 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
25904 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
25905 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25906 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25908 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it remaps
25909 word-based editing commands to subword-based commands that handle
25910 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
25911 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
25913 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
25914 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
25915 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
25917 Nomenclature Subwords
25918 ===========================================================
25919 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
25920 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
25921 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
25923 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
25924 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
25925 as words.
25927 \\{subword-mode-map}
25929 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25931 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
25932 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
25933 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25934 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25935 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25936 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
25938 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
25940 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
25941 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
25942 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
25943 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
25944 ARG is omitted or nil.
25946 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
25947 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
25948 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
25950 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25952 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
25953 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
25954 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
25955 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25956 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25958 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it remaps
25959 word-based editing commands to superword-based commands that
25960 treat symbols as words, e.g. \"this_is_a_symbol\".
25962 The superword oriented commands activated in this minor mode
25963 recognize symbols as superwords to move between superwords and to
25964 edit them as words.
25966 \\{superword-mode-map}
25968 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25970 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
25971 Non-nil if Global-Superword mode is enabled.
25972 See the command `global-superword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25973 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25974 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25975 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
25977 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
25979 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
25980 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
25981 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Superword mode if ARG is positive;
25982 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
25983 ARG is omitted or nil.
25985 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
25986 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
25987 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
25989 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25991 ;;;***
25993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (20709 26818
25994 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
25995 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25997 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
25998 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25999 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26000 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26001 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26002 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26003 original message but it does require a few things:
26005 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26007 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26008 reply buffer.
26010 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26011 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26012 original message.
26014 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26016 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26018 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26019 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26020 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26022 \(fn)" nil nil)
26024 ;;;***
26026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (20709 26818 907104
26027 ;;;;;; 0))
26028 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26030 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26032 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26033 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26034 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26035 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26036 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26037 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26039 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26041 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26042 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
26043 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
26044 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26045 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26047 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26048 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26049 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26051 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26053 ;;;***
26055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (20999 25770 522517 0))
26056 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26058 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26059 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26060 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26061 buffer.
26063 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26064 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26065 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26067 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26069 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26070 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26071 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26072 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26073 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26074 buffer.
26076 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26077 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26078 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26080 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26082 ;;;***
26084 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (20709 26818 907104
26085 ;;;;;; 0))
26086 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26088 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26089 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26090 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26092 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26094 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26095 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26097 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26099 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26100 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26102 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26104 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26105 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26107 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26109 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26110 Insert an editable text table.
26111 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26112 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26113 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26114 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26115 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26116 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26117 delimiting them.
26119 Examples:
26121 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26123 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26124 location of point.
26128 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26129 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26130 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26131 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26132 first cell.
26134 +-----+-----+-----+
26135 |-!- | | |
26136 +-----+-----+-----+
26138 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26140 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26141 width, which results as
26143 +--------------+-----+-----+
26144 |-!- | | |
26145 +--------------+-----+-----+
26147 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26148 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26150 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26151 | | |-!- |
26152 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26154 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26155 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26156 width information to `table-insert'.
26158 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26160 instead of
26162 Cell width(s): 5
26164 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26165 work all together.
26167 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26168 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26170 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26171 |-!- | | |
26172 | | | |
26173 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26175 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26177 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26178 |-!- | | |
26179 | | | |
26180 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26181 | | | |
26182 | | | |
26183 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26185 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26187 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26188 | | | |
26189 | | | |
26190 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26191 | | | |
26192 | | | |
26193 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26196 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26197 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26198 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26200 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26201 | | | |
26202 | | | |
26203 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26204 | | | |
26205 | | | |
26206 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26207 |-!- | | |
26208 | | | |
26209 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26211 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26212 results.
26214 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26215 | | | |
26216 | | | |
26217 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26218 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26219 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26220 | | |expected results.-!- |
26221 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26222 | | | |
26223 | | | |
26224 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26226 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26228 \\{table-cell-map}
26230 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26232 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26233 Insert N table row(s).
26234 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26235 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26236 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26237 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26239 \(fn N)" t nil)
26241 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26242 Insert N table column(s).
26243 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26244 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26245 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26246 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26248 \(fn N)" t nil)
26250 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26251 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26252 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26254 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26256 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26257 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26258 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26259 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26260 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26261 all the table specific features.
26263 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26265 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26268 \(fn)" t nil)
26270 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26271 Recognize all tables within region.
26272 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26273 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26274 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26275 specific features.
26277 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26279 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26282 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26284 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26285 Recognize a table at point.
26286 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26287 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26288 the table specific features.
26290 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26292 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26295 \(fn)" t nil)
26297 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26298 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26299 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26300 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26301 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26302 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26303 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26305 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26307 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26310 \(fn)" t nil)
26312 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26313 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26314 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26315 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26316 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26317 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26318 specified.
26320 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26322 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26323 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26324 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26325 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
26326 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26327 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26328 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26329 table structure.
26331 \(fn N)" t nil)
26333 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26334 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26335 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26336 table's rectangle structure.
26338 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26340 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26341 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26342 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26343 table's rectangle structure.
26345 \(fn N)" t nil)
26347 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26348 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26349 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26350 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26351 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26353 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26355 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26356 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26357 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26359 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26360 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26361 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26362 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26363 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26364 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26365 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26367 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26368 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26369 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26370 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26371 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26372 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26373 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26375 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26376 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26377 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26378 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26379 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26380 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26381 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26382 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26384 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26386 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26387 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26388 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26389 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26391 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26393 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26394 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26395 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26397 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26399 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26400 Split current cell vertically.
26401 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26403 \(fn)" t nil)
26405 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26406 Split current cell horizontally.
26407 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26409 \(fn)" t nil)
26411 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26412 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26413 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26415 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26417 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26418 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26419 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26420 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26422 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26424 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26425 Justify cell contents.
26426 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26427 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26428 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26429 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26431 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26433 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26434 Justify cells of a row.
26435 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26436 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26438 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26440 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26441 Justify cells of a column.
26442 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26443 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26445 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26447 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26448 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26449 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26450 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
26451 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
26452 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
26453 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
26454 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
26455 run-time.
26457 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26459 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26460 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26461 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26462 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26463 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26464 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26465 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26466 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26467 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26468 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26469 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26471 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26473 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26474 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26475 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26476 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26477 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26478 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26479 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26480 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26481 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26482 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26483 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26484 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26485 untouched.
26487 References used for this implementation:
26489 HTML:
26490 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26492 LaTeX:
26493 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26495 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26496 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26497 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26499 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26501 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26502 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26503 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26504 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26505 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26506 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26507 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26508 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26509 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26510 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26511 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26512 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26513 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26514 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26515 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26516 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26517 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26519 Example:
26521 (progn
26522 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26523 (table-forward-cell 15)
26524 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26525 (table-forward-cell 16)
26526 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26527 (table-forward-cell 1)
26528 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26530 (progn
26531 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26532 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26533 (table-forward-cell 1)
26534 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26536 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26538 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26539 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26540 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26541 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26542 consists from cells of same height.
26544 \(fn N)" t nil)
26546 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26547 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26548 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26549 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26550 column must consists from cells of same width.
26552 \(fn N)" t nil)
26554 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26555 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26556 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26557 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26558 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26559 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26560 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26561 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26562 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26563 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26564 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26565 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26566 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26567 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26568 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26571 Example 1:
26573 1, 2, 3, 4
26574 5, 6, 7, 8
26575 , 9, 10
26577 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26578 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26579 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26580 specified as 5.
26582 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26583 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26584 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26585 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26586 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26587 | | 9 | 10 | |
26588 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26590 Note:
26592 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26593 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26594 of each row is optional.
26597 Example 2:
26599 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26600 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26601 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26602 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26603 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26605 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26606 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26608 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26609 expression and raw delimiter regular
26610 expression, it parses the specified text
26611 area and extracts cell items from
26612 non-table text and then forms a table out
26613 of them.
26615 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26616 creates a single cell table. The text in
26617 the specified region is placed in that
26618 cell.-*-
26620 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26621 like this.
26623 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26624 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26625 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26627 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26628 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26629 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26630 | area and extracts cell items from |
26631 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26632 | of them. |
26634 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26635 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26636 | the specified region is placed in that |
26637 | cell. |
26638 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26640 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26641 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26642 independently.
26644 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26645 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26646 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26647 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26648 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26649 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26650 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26651 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26652 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26653 | |of them. |
26654 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26655 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26656 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26657 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26658 | |cell. |
26659 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26661 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26662 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26663 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26665 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26667 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26668 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26669 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
26670 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26671 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26673 \(fn)" t nil)
26675 ;;;***
26677 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (20992 52525 458637 0))
26678 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26680 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26681 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26683 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26685 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26686 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26688 \(fn)" t nil)
26690 ;;;***
26692 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (20932 10282 564846
26693 ;;;;;; 0))
26694 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26696 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26697 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26698 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26699 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26700 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26701 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26702 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26704 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26705 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26706 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26707 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26709 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26710 \\{tar-mode-map}
26712 \(fn)" t nil)
26714 ;;;***
26716 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (20903 10024 645978
26717 ;;;;;; 0))
26718 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26720 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26721 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26722 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26723 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26724 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26725 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26727 Variables controlling indentation style:
26728 `tcl-indent-level'
26729 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26730 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26731 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26733 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26734 documentation for details):
26735 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26736 Controls action of TAB key.
26737 `tcl-auto-newline'
26738 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26739 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26740 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26741 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26742 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26744 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26745 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26746 already exist.
26748 \(fn)" t nil)
26750 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26751 Run inferior Tcl process.
26752 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26753 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26755 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26757 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26758 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26759 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26761 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26763 ;;;***
26765 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (20709 26818 907104
26766 ;;;;;; 0))
26767 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26769 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26770 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26771 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26772 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26774 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26775 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26776 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26777 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26778 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26780 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26782 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26783 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26784 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26785 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26787 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26789 ;;;***
26791 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (21049 14338 391345 0))
26792 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26794 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26795 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26796 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26797 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26798 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26799 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26801 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26803 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26804 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26805 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26806 commands to use in that buffer.
26808 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26810 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26812 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26813 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26815 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26817 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
26818 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
26819 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
26820 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
26821 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
26822 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
26823 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
26824 `serial-process-configure' for details.
26825 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
26826 use in that buffer.
26827 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26829 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
26831 ;;;***
26833 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (20878
26834 ;;;;;; 6823 881439 0))
26835 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26837 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26838 Start coverage on function under point.
26840 \(fn)" t nil)
26842 ;;;***
26844 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (20874 65006 672942
26845 ;;;;;; 217000))
26846 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26847 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
26848 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26849 Play the Tetris game.
26850 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26851 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26852 as to form complete rows.
26854 tetris-mode keybindings:
26855 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26856 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26857 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26858 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26859 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26860 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26861 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26862 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26863 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26865 \(fn)" t nil)
26867 ;;;***
26869 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (20774 53405
26870 ;;;;;; 754743 8000))
26871 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26873 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26874 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26876 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
26878 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
26879 Directory in which temporary files are written.
26880 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26881 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26882 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26884 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
26886 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26887 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26888 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26889 if it matches the first line of the file,
26890 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26892 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
26894 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26895 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26896 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26897 if the variable is non-nil.")
26899 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
26901 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26902 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26904 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
26906 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
26907 Command used to run TeX subjob.
26908 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26909 See the documentation of that variable.")
26911 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26913 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
26914 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26915 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26916 See the documentation of that variable.")
26918 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26920 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
26921 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26922 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26923 See the documentation of that variable.")
26925 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26927 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
26928 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26929 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26930 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26931 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26933 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
26935 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
26936 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26937 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26938 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26940 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
26942 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26943 User defined LaTeX block names.
26944 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26946 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
26948 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
26949 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26950 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26951 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26953 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
26955 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26956 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26957 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26958 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26960 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26962 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26963 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26964 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26965 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26967 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26968 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26969 for example,
26971 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26972 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26974 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26975 use.")
26977 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26979 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26980 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26981 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26982 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26983 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26985 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26987 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
26989 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
26990 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26991 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26993 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
26995 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
26996 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26997 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26998 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26999 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27001 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27003 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27004 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27006 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27008 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27009 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27011 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27013 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27014 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27015 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27016 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27017 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27018 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27019 says which mode to use.
27021 \(fn)" t nil)
27023 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27025 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27027 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27029 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27030 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27031 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27032 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27033 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27035 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27036 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27037 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27038 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27039 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27040 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27041 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27043 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27044 mismatched $'s or braces.
27046 Special commands:
27047 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27049 Mode variables:
27050 tex-run-command
27051 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27052 tex-directory
27053 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27054 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27055 tex-dvi-print-command
27056 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27057 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27058 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27059 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27060 tex-dvi-view-command
27061 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27062 tex-show-queue-command
27063 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27064 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27066 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27067 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27068 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27070 \(fn)" t nil)
27072 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27073 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27074 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27075 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27076 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27078 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27079 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27080 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27081 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27082 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27083 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27084 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27086 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27087 mismatched $'s or braces.
27089 Special commands:
27090 \\{latex-mode-map}
27092 Mode variables:
27093 latex-run-command
27094 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27095 tex-directory
27096 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27097 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27098 tex-dvi-print-command
27099 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27100 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27101 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27102 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27103 tex-dvi-view-command
27104 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27105 tex-show-queue-command
27106 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27107 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27109 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27110 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27111 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27113 \(fn)" t nil)
27115 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27116 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27117 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27118 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27119 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27121 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27122 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27123 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27124 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27125 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27126 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27127 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27129 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27130 mismatched $'s or braces.
27132 Special commands:
27133 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27135 Mode variables:
27136 slitex-run-command
27137 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27138 tex-directory
27139 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27140 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27141 tex-dvi-print-command
27142 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27143 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27144 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27145 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27146 tex-dvi-view-command
27147 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27148 tex-show-queue-command
27149 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27150 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27152 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27153 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27154 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27155 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27157 \(fn)" t nil)
27159 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27162 \(fn)" nil nil)
27164 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27165 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27167 \(fn)" t nil)
27169 ;;;***
27171 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (20709 26818
27172 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
27173 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27175 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27176 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27177 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27178 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27180 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27181 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27182 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27184 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27186 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27187 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27188 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27189 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27190 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27192 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27194 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27195 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27196 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27197 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27199 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27200 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27201 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27202 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27204 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27205 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27207 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27209 ;;;***
27211 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (20709 26818
27212 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
27213 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27215 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27216 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27218 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27220 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27221 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27223 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27225 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27226 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27228 It has these extra commands:
27229 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27231 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27232 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27233 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27234 modified version of TeX input format.
27236 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27237 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27238 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27239 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27241 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27242 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27243 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27244 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27245 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27246 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27247 in the Texinfo file.
27249 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27250 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27251 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27252 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27253 move forward past the closing brace.
27255 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27256 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27258 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27259 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27260 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27262 Here are the functions:
27264 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27265 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27266 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27268 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27269 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27270 texinfo-master-menu
27272 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27274 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27275 which menu descriptions are indented.
27277 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27278 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27279 in the region.
27281 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27282 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27283 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27284 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27286 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27287 be the first node in the file.
27289 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27290 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27292 \(fn)" t nil)
27294 ;;;***
27296 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (20709
27297 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
27298 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27300 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27301 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27302 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27303 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27305 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27307 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27308 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27310 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27312 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27313 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27315 \(fn)" t nil)
27317 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27320 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27322 ;;;***
27324 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (20999 25770 522517
27325 ;;;;;; 0))
27326 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27328 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27329 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27330 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27331 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27332 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27333 `line', and `page'.
27335 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27337 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27338 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27339 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27340 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27341 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27342 `line', and `page'.
27344 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27345 valid THING.
27347 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27348 positions of the thing found.
27350 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27352 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27353 Return the THING at point.
27354 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27355 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27356 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27357 `line', `number', and `page'.
27359 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
27360 strip text properties from the return value.
27362 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27363 a symbol as a valid THING.
27365 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
27367 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27368 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27370 \(fn)" nil nil)
27372 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27373 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27375 \(fn)" nil nil)
27377 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27378 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27380 \(fn)" nil nil)
27382 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27383 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27385 \(fn)" nil nil)
27387 ;;;***
27389 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (20958 59019 473587 89000))
27390 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27392 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27393 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27395 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27397 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27398 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27399 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27400 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27402 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27404 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27405 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27407 \(fn)" t nil)
27409 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27410 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27412 \(fn)" t nil)
27414 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27416 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27417 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27419 \(fn)" t nil)
27421 ;;;***
27423 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (20826
27424 ;;;;;; 45095 436233 0))
27425 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27427 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27428 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27429 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27431 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27433 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27434 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27436 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27438 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27439 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27440 The returned string has no composition information.
27442 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27444 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27445 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27447 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27449 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27450 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27452 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27454 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27455 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27456 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27457 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27459 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27461 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27462 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27463 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27464 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27466 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27468 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27469 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27470 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27472 \(fn)" t nil)
27474 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27475 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27476 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27478 \(fn)" t nil)
27480 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27483 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27485 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27488 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27490 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27493 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27495 ;;;***
27497 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (20791 9657
27498 ;;;;;; 561026 0))
27499 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27500 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 5)) package--builtin-versions)
27501 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27502 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27503 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27504 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27505 parameters.
27506 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27508 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27510 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27511 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27512 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27513 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27514 parameters.
27515 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27517 \(fn)" t nil)
27519 ;;;***
27521 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (20998 4934 952905 0))
27522 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27524 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27525 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27527 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27528 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27530 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27531 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27532 This display updates automatically every minute.
27533 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27534 are displayed as well.
27535 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27537 \(fn)" t nil)
27539 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27540 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27541 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27542 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27543 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27544 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27546 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27548 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27549 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27550 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
27551 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27552 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
27554 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
27555 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
27556 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
27557 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
27558 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27560 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27562 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27563 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27564 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27565 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27567 \(fn)" t nil)
27569 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27570 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27571 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27572 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27574 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27576 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27577 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27579 \(fn)" t nil)
27581 ;;;***
27583 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (20709
27584 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
27585 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27587 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27588 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27589 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
27591 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27592 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
27593 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27594 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
27595 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27596 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27598 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27599 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27601 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27603 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
27604 Return non-nil if time value T1 is earlier than time value T2.
27606 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27608 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27609 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27611 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27613 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27614 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27615 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27617 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27619 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27621 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
27622 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
27623 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27625 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27627 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
27628 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
27630 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27632 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27633 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27634 DATE should be a date-time string.
27636 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27638 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27639 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27640 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27642 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27644 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27645 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27647 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27649 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27650 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27652 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27654 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27655 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27656 TIME should be a time value.
27657 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27659 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27661 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27662 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27663 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27665 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27667 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27668 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27669 The valid format specifiers are:
27670 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27671 %d is the number of days.
27672 %h is the number of hours.
27673 %m is the number of minutes.
27674 %s is the number of seconds.
27675 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27676 %% is a literal \"%\".
27678 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27679 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27681 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27682 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27683 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27685 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
27686 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27687 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27689 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27691 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27693 ;;;***
27695 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (20709 26818 907104
27696 ;;;;;; 0))
27697 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27698 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27699 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27700 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27701 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27702 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27703 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27704 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27705 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27707 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27708 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27709 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27710 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
27711 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27712 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27713 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27714 look like one of the following:
27715 Time-stamp: <>
27716 Time-stamp: \" \"
27717 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27718 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27719 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27720 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27721 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27722 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27723 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27724 the template.
27726 \(fn)" t nil)
27728 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27729 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27730 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27732 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27734 ;;;***
27736 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (21013
27737 ;;;;;; 58662 278539 0))
27738 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27739 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27740 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
27741 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
27742 See the command `timeclock-mode-line-display' for a description of this minor mode.
27743 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27744 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27745 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
27747 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
27749 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
27750 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
27751 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27752 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
27753 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27754 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27755 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
27756 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
27757 display (non-nil means on).
27759 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27761 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27762 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27763 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27764 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
27765 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27766 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27767 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27768 this function is called within a day.
27770 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27771 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27772 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27773 discover the name of the project.
27775 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27777 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27778 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27779 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27780 begun during the last time segment.
27782 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27783 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27784 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27785 discover the reason.
27787 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27789 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27790 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27791 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27792 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27793 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27795 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27797 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27798 Change to working on a different project.
27799 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27800 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27801 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27802 working on.
27804 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27806 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27807 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27808 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27810 \(fn)" nil nil)
27812 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27813 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27814 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27816 \(fn)" t nil)
27818 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27819 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27820 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27821 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27822 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27823 \"relative to today\".
27825 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27827 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27828 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27829 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27830 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27832 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27834 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27835 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27836 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27837 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27838 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27839 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27841 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27843 ;;;***
27845 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
27846 ;;;;;; (20929 34089 117790 0))
27847 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27849 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27850 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27851 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27852 the generated Quail package is saved.
27854 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27856 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27857 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27858 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27859 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27860 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27861 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27862 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27864 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27866 ;;;***
27868 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (20764 51137 83502 0))
27869 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27870 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27871 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27873 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
27874 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27875 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27876 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27877 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27879 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27881 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
27882 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27883 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27884 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27885 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27887 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27889 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
27890 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27891 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27892 in the menu in two ways:
27893 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27894 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27895 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27897 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27898 keymap or an alist of alists.
27899 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27900 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27902 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27904 ;;;***
27906 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (20982
27907 ;;;;;; 16679 447285 0))
27908 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27910 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
27911 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
27913 When invoked in Todo mode, prompt for which todo file to visit.
27914 When invoked outside of Todo mode with non-nil prefix argument
27915 SOLICIT-FILE prompt for which todo file to visit; otherwise visit
27916 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside
27917 of Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
27918 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
27919 file was last visited.
27921 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
27922 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
27923 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
27924 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
27925 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
27926 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
27927 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
27928 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
27929 for the first item.
27931 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
27932 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
27933 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
27934 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
27935 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
27936 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
27937 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
27938 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
27940 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
27941 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
27942 `\\[todo-toggle-view-done-items]' displays them below the todo
27943 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
27944 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
27946 Invoking this command in Todo Archive mode visits the
27947 corresponding todo file, displaying the corresponding category.
27949 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
27951 ;;;***
27953 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (20709 26818 907104
27954 ;;;;;; 0))
27955 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27957 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
27958 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
27959 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
27961 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27963 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
27964 Add an item to the tool bar.
27965 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27966 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27967 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27968 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27970 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27971 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
27972 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27973 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27975 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27976 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
27978 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27980 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
27981 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
27982 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27983 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27984 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27985 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27987 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27988 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
27989 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27990 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27992 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27994 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
27995 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
27996 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
27997 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27998 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27999 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28000 properties to add to the binding.
28002 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28004 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28005 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28007 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28009 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28010 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28011 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28012 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28013 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28014 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28015 properties to add to the binding.
28017 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28018 holds a keymap.
28020 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28022 ;;;***
28024 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (21041 38058
28025 ;;;;;; 75002 0))
28026 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
28027 (push (purecopy '(tpu-edt 4 5)) package--builtin-versions)
28028 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
28029 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
28030 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28031 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28032 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28033 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
28035 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
28037 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
28038 Toggle TPU/edt emulation on or off.
28039 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
28040 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
28041 if ARG is omitted or nil.
28043 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28045 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
28047 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
28048 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
28050 \(fn)" t nil)
28052 ;;;***
28054 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el" (20709
28055 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
28056 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
28058 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
28059 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
28061 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
28062 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
28063 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
28064 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
28065 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
28067 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
28068 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
28069 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
28070 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
28071 you might go about doing that in your init file.
28073 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
28074 (tpu-edt)
28076 Known Problems:
28078 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
28079 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
28080 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
28081 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
28082 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
28083 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
28085 \(fn)" t nil)
28087 ;;;***
28089 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (20709 26818 907104
28090 ;;;;;; 0))
28091 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28093 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28094 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28095 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28096 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28097 to a tcp server on another machine.
28099 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28101 ;;;***
28103 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (20903 10024
28104 ;;;;;; 645978 0))
28105 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28107 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28108 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28110 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28112 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
28113 Helper function to get internal values.
28114 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
28116 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
28118 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
28119 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
28120 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
28121 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
28122 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
28123 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
28124 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
28125 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
28127 To untrace a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
28129 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28131 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28132 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
28133 Like `trace-function-foreground' but without popping up the trace BUFFER or
28134 changing the window configuration.
28136 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28138 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
28140 ;;;***
28142 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (21042 58928 39127 0))
28143 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28145 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28146 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28147 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28149 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28151 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28152 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28154 It can have the following values:
28156 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28157 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs.")
28159 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28161 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\([^[/|:]\\{2,\\}\\|[^/|]\\{2,\\}]\\):" "\\`/\\([^[/|:]+\\|[^/|]+]\\):") "\
28162 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28163 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28164 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28166 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28168 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28169 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28170 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28171 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28173 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28174 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28175 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28176 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28177 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28178 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28179 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28180 files which are not really Tramp files.
28182 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28183 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28184 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28185 updated after changing this variable.
28187 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28189 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28190 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28191 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28192 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28194 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28196 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28197 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28198 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28199 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28201 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28202 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28203 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28205 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28206 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28207 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28208 updated after changing this variable.
28210 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28212 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28213 Alist of completion handler functions.
28214 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28215 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28216 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28218 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28219 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
28220 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28221 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-vc-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28223 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28224 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28225 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28226 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28228 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
28229 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
28230 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
28232 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28234 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28235 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28236 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28238 (defun tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
28239 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (dolist (fnh (quote (epa-file-handler jka-compr-handler))) (let ((entry (rassoc fnh file-name-handler-alist))) (when entry (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons entry (delete entry file-name-handler-alist)))))))
28241 (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)
28243 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28246 \(fn)" nil nil)
28248 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28249 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28251 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28253 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28254 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28256 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28258 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28259 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28261 \(fn)" t nil)
28263 ;;;***
28265 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (21008 40741
28266 ;;;;;; 120196 0))
28267 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28269 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28272 \(fn)" nil nil)
28274 ;;;***
28276 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (20999 25770 522517
28277 ;;;;;; 0))
28278 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28280 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28281 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28282 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28283 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28284 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28285 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28286 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28287 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28289 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28290 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28291 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28293 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28294 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28295 resumed later.
28297 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28299 ;;;***
28301 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (20355 10021
28302 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
28303 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28305 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28308 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28310 ;;;***
28312 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (21049
28313 ;;;;;; 1191 520844 232000))
28314 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28315 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28316 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28317 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28319 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28320 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28321 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28322 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28323 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28324 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28325 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28327 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28329 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28330 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28331 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28332 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28334 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28336 \(fn)" t nil)
28338 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28339 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28340 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28341 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28342 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28343 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28344 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28346 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28347 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28349 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28350 \\___/\\
28351 / \\
28352 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28354 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28356 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28358 ;;;***
28360 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (20884 7264 912957
28361 ;;;;;; 506000))
28362 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28364 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28365 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28366 See the command `type-break-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28367 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28368 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28369 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28371 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28373 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28374 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28375 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28377 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28378 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28379 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28380 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28381 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28382 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28383 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28385 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28386 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28388 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28389 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28390 reset the keystroke counter.
28392 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28393 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28394 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28395 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28397 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28398 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28399 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28400 `type-break-schedule' command.
28402 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28403 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28404 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28405 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28406 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28407 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28408 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28409 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28410 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28412 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28413 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28414 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28415 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28416 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28418 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28419 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28420 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28421 approximate good values for this.
28423 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28424 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28426 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28427 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28428 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28429 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28430 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28431 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28433 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28434 a typing break occur. They include:
28436 `type-break-query-mode'
28437 `type-break-query-function'
28438 `type-break-query-interval'
28440 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28442 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28443 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28444 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28445 problems.
28447 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28449 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28450 Take a typing break.
28452 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28453 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28455 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28456 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28458 \(fn)" t nil)
28460 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28461 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28462 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28463 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28465 \(fn)" t nil)
28467 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28468 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28470 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28471 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28472 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28473 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28474 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28475 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28476 average typing speed.)
28478 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28479 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28480 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28481 the computed maximum threshold.
28483 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28484 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28485 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28486 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28487 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28489 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28491 ;;;***
28493 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
28494 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28496 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28497 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28498 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28499 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28500 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28502 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28504 ;;;***
28506 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
28507 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
28508 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28510 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28511 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28513 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28515 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28516 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28518 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28520 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28521 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28523 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28525 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28526 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28528 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28530 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28531 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28533 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28535 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28536 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28538 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28540 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28541 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28543 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28545 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28546 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28548 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28550 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28551 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28553 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28555 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28556 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28558 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28560 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28561 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28563 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28565 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28566 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28568 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28570 ;;;***
28572 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (20709
28573 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
28574 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28576 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28577 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28578 Works by overstriking underscores.
28579 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28580 which specify the range to operate on.
28582 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28584 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28585 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28586 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28587 which specify the range to operate on.
28589 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28591 ;;;***
28593 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (20895 15912 444844
28594 ;;;;;; 0))
28595 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28597 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28598 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
28599 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28600 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28601 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28602 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28604 \(fn)" nil nil)
28606 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28607 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
28608 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
28610 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28612 ;;;***
28614 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (20709 26818
28615 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
28616 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28618 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28619 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28620 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28621 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28623 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28625 ;;;***
28627 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (20893 60586 188550 0))
28628 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28630 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28631 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28632 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
28633 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
28634 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
28636 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28637 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28638 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28639 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
28640 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
28641 occurred. Each pair is one of:
28643 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28644 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28645 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28647 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28648 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28649 the callback is not called).
28651 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28652 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28653 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28654 take effect.
28656 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
28657 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
28658 the server.
28659 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
28660 URL-encoded before it's used.
28662 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28664 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28665 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28666 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28667 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28668 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28670 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28672 ;;;***
28674 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (20709 26818 907104
28675 ;;;;;; 0))
28676 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28678 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28679 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28680 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28682 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28683 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28684 `url-generic-parse-url'
28685 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28686 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28687 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28688 realm
28689 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28690 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28691 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28692 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28693 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28694 what type of auth to use
28695 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28696 if one cannot be found in the cache
28698 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28700 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28701 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28703 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28704 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28705 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28706 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28707 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28708 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28709 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28710 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28712 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28714 ;;;***
28716 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (20751 39094
28717 ;;;;;; 700824 0))
28718 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28720 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28721 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28723 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28725 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28726 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28727 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
28729 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28731 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28732 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
28734 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28736 ;;;***
28738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (20709 26818 907104
28739 ;;;;;; 0))
28740 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28742 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28745 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28747 ;;;***
28749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (20891 18859 893295
28750 ;;;;;; 0))
28751 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28753 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28754 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
28755 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
28757 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28759 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
28760 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
28761 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
28762 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
28764 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
28765 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
28766 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
28767 though.
28769 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
28771 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
28772 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
28773 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
28775 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
28777 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28780 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28782 ;;;***
28784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (20709 26818 907104
28785 ;;;;;; 0))
28786 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28788 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28789 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28791 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28793 ;;;***
28795 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (20709 26818 907104
28796 ;;;;;; 0))
28797 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28799 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28800 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28802 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28804 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28805 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28806 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28807 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28808 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28810 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28812 ;;;***
28814 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (20984
28815 ;;;;;; 58408 354075 0))
28816 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28818 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28819 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28820 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28821 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28822 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28823 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28825 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28827 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
28828 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
28829 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
28830 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28831 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28833 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28835 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
28836 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
28837 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
28838 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
28840 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28842 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
28843 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28844 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28845 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28846 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28847 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28848 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28849 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28850 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
28851 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28853 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
28855 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
28856 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28857 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28858 accessible.
28860 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28862 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
28865 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28867 ;;;***
28869 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (21063 65063 266334
28870 ;;;;;; 0))
28871 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28872 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
28874 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
28875 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28876 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28877 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28878 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28880 ;;;***
28882 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (20709 26818 907104
28883 ;;;;;; 0))
28884 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28886 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
28889 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28891 ;;;***
28893 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (20709 26818 907104
28894 ;;;;;; 0))
28895 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28897 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
28898 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28899 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28900 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28901 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28903 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28905 ;;;***
28907 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (20709 26818
28908 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
28909 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28911 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
28914 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28916 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
28917 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28919 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28921 ;;;***
28923 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (21047 30582 575560
28924 ;;;;;; 699000))
28925 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28927 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
28928 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28930 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28932 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
28933 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28935 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28937 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
28940 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28942 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28944 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28946 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28948 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
28949 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28951 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28953 ;;;***
28955 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (20884 7264 912957
28956 ;;;;;; 506000))
28957 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28959 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
28962 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28964 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
28967 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28969 ;;;***
28971 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (20709 26818 907104
28972 ;;;;;; 0))
28973 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28975 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
28978 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28980 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
28983 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28985 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
28988 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28990 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
28993 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28995 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
28998 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29000 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29003 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29005 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29008 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29010 ;;;***
29012 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (20709 26818
29013 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
29014 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29016 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29017 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29019 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29021 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29022 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29023 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29025 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
29026 USER is the user name (string or nil).
29027 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
29028 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
29029 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
29030 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
29031 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
29032 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
29033 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
29034 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
29035 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
29036 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
29037 FULLNESS is non-nil iff the hierarchical sequence component of
29038 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
29040 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
29041 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
29042 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
29044 Here is an example. The URL
29046 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
29048 parses to
29050 TYPE = \"foo\"
29051 USER = \"bob\"
29052 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
29053 HOST = \"example.com\"
29054 PORTSPEC = 42
29055 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
29056 TARGET = \"nose\"
29057 ATTRIBUTES = nil
29058 FULLNESS = t
29060 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29062 ;;;***
29064 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (20709 26818
29065 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
29066 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29068 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29069 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29071 \(fn)" t nil)
29073 ;;;***
29075 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (20709 26818
29076 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
29077 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29079 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29080 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29081 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
29082 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
29083 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
29084 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
29086 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29088 ;;;***
29090 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (21063 65063 266334
29091 ;;;;;; 0))
29092 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29094 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29095 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29096 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29098 If t, all messages will be logged.
29099 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29100 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29102 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29104 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29107 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29109 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29112 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29114 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29115 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29116 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29117 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29118 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29119 & ==> &amp;
29120 < ==> &lt;
29121 > ==> &gt;
29122 \" ==> &quot;
29124 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29126 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29127 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29128 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29130 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29132 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29133 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29134 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29136 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29138 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29139 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29141 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29143 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29144 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29146 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29148 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29149 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29151 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29153 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29156 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29158 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29161 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29163 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29165 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29166 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29168 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29170 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29171 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29173 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29175 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29178 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29180 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29181 Build a query-string.
29183 Given a QUERY in the form:
29184 '((key1 val1)
29185 (key2 val2)
29186 (key3 val1 val2)
29187 (key4)
29188 (key5 \"\"))
29190 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29192 This will return a string
29193 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29194 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29195 be used.
29197 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29199 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29200 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29202 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29204 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29205 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29206 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29207 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29208 forbidden in URL encoding.
29210 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29212 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29213 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29214 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29215 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29216 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29217 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29219 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
29220 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29221 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29222 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29224 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29226 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29227 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29228 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29229 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
29230 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29231 should return it unchanged.
29233 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29235 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29236 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29237 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29238 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29240 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29242 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29243 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29244 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29246 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29248 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29249 View the current document's URL.
29250 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29251 the minibuffer.
29253 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29255 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29257 ;;;***
29259 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (20998 4934 952905
29260 ;;;;;; 0))
29261 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29263 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29264 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29265 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29266 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29267 to refrain from editing the file
29268 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29269 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29270 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29271 in any way you like.
29273 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29275 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29276 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29277 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29278 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29279 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29281 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29282 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29284 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29286 ;;;***
29288 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (20709 26818
29289 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
29290 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29292 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29295 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29297 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29300 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29302 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29305 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29307 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29310 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29312 ;;;***
29314 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (20791 9657 561026 0))
29315 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29317 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29318 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29320 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29322 ;;;***
29324 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (20709 26818
29325 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
29326 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29328 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29329 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29330 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29331 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29333 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29335 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29336 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29337 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29339 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29341 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29342 Uudecode region between START and END.
29343 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29345 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29347 ;;;***
29349 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (21053 29224 547064 0))
29350 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29352 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29353 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29354 See `run-hooks'.")
29356 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29358 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29359 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29360 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29362 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29364 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29365 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29366 See `run-hooks'.")
29368 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29370 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29371 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29372 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29373 same state. If not, signal an error.
29375 For merging-based version control systems:
29376 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29377 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29378 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29379 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29380 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29381 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29383 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29384 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29385 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29386 the file(s) for editing.
29387 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29388 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. If the variable
29389 `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (the default), leave a
29390 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29391 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29392 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29394 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29396 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29397 Register into a version control system.
29398 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29399 Otherwise register the current file.
29400 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29401 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29403 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29404 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29405 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29406 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29407 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29408 first backend that could register the file is used.
29410 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29412 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29413 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29415 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29417 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29418 Display diffs between file revisions.
29419 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29420 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29421 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29423 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29424 saving the buffer.
29426 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29428 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
29429 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
29430 repository history using ediff.
29432 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29434 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
29435 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
29436 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29437 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29438 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29440 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29441 saving the buffer.
29443 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29445 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29446 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29447 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29448 fileset with the working revision.
29449 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29450 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29452 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29453 saving the buffer.
29455 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29457 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29458 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29459 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29460 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29462 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29464 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29465 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29466 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29467 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29469 \(fn)" t nil)
29471 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29472 Perform a version control merge operation.
29473 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29474 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
29475 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
29476 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
29478 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
29479 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
29480 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
29481 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29482 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
29483 changes from the current branch.
29485 \(fn)" t nil)
29487 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29489 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29490 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29491 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29492 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29493 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29494 checked out in that new branch.
29496 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29498 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29499 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
29500 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
29501 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29502 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29503 allowed and simply skipped).
29505 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29507 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29508 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29509 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29510 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29511 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29513 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29514 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29516 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29518 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29519 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29520 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29521 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29522 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29524 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29526 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
29527 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
29528 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29530 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29532 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
29533 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
29534 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29536 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29538 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29539 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29540 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29541 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29543 \(fn)" t nil)
29545 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
29546 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
29547 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
29548 depending on the underlying version-control system.
29550 \(fn)" t nil)
29552 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29554 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
29555 Update the current fileset or branch.
29556 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29557 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
29558 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
29559 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
29561 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
29562 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
29563 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
29564 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
29565 tip revision are merged into the working file.
29567 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29569 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
29571 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29572 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29573 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29574 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29575 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29576 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29577 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29579 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29581 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29582 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29583 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29584 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29585 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29586 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29587 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29588 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29589 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29591 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29593 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29594 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29595 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
29596 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29598 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29600 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29601 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
29602 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
29603 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29605 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29607 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29608 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29609 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29610 directory.
29612 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29614 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29615 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29616 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29618 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29619 log entries should be gathered.
29621 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29623 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29624 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29626 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29628 ;;;***
29630 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (21031 51082
29631 ;;;;;; 798722 0))
29632 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
29634 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29635 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
29637 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29638 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29639 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29640 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29641 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29642 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29644 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29645 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
29646 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29647 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29648 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29649 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29650 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29651 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29653 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29655 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
29657 Customization variables:
29659 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29660 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29661 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29662 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29664 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
29666 ;;;***
29668 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc/vc-arch.el" (21031 51082 798722
29669 ;;;;;; 0))
29670 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-arch.el
29671 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29672 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29673 (progn
29674 (load "vc-arch" nil t)
29675 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29677 ;;;***
29679 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (21041 38058 75002
29680 ;;;;;; 0))
29681 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
29683 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29684 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29686 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
29687 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
29688 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29689 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29690 (progn
29691 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
29692 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29694 ;;;***
29696 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (21052 8364 417872
29697 ;;;;;; 0))
29698 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
29699 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29700 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
29701 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29702 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29703 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
29704 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29706 ;;;***
29708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (21053 29224 547064
29709 ;;;;;; 0))
29710 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
29712 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
29713 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
29714 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
29715 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
29716 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
29718 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
29719 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
29720 The file lines appear later.
29722 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
29723 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
29725 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
29727 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
29729 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
29731 ;;;***
29733 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (21041
29734 ;;;;;; 38058 75002 0))
29735 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
29737 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
29738 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29739 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
29740 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
29741 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
29742 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29743 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
29744 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
29745 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
29746 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
29747 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
29748 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29749 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29750 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
29751 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
29753 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29755 ;;;***
29757 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (21041 38058 75002
29758 ;;;;;; 0))
29759 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
29760 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29761 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29762 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
29763 (progn
29764 (load "vc-git" nil t)
29765 (vc-git-registered file))))
29767 ;;;***
29769 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (21031 51082 798722 0))
29770 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
29771 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29772 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29773 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29774 (progn
29775 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
29776 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29778 ;;;***
29780 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (21031 51082 798722
29781 ;;;;;; 0))
29782 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
29784 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
29785 Name of the monotone directory.")
29787 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
29788 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
29789 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29790 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29791 (progn
29792 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
29793 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29795 ;;;***
29797 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (21031 51082 798722
29798 ;;;;;; 0))
29799 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
29801 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29802 Where to look for RCS master files.
29803 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29805 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
29807 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29809 ;;;***
29811 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (21056 5418 85093
29812 ;;;;;; 0))
29813 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
29815 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29816 Where to look for SCCS master files.
29817 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29819 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
29821 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29823 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
29824 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29825 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29826 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29828 ;;;***
29830 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (21041 38058 75002
29831 ;;;;;; 0))
29832 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
29833 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29834 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29835 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29836 "_svn")
29837 (t ".svn"))))
29838 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
29839 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
29840 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29842 ;;;***
29844 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (20893
29845 ;;;;;; 60586 188550 0))
29846 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
29847 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions) (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
29849 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
29850 Major mode for editing Vera code.
29852 Usage:
29853 ------
29855 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
29856 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
29857 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
29858 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
29860 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
29861 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
29862 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
29863 completions.
29865 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
29866 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
29868 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
29869 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29871 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
29872 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
29873 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
29875 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
29878 Maintenance:
29879 ------------
29881 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
29882 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29884 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
29886 Official distribution is at
29887 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
29890 The Vera Mode Maintainer
29891 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
29893 Key bindings:
29894 -------------
29896 \\{vera-mode-map}
29898 \(fn)" t nil)
29900 ;;;***
29902 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
29903 ;;;;;; (20992 52525 458637 0))
29904 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
29906 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
29907 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
29908 \\<verilog-mode-map>
29909 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
29910 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
29912 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
29914 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
29915 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
29917 Supports highlighting.
29919 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
29920 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
29922 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
29924 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
29925 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
29926 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
29927 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
29928 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
29929 on the left side of your screen.
29930 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
29931 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
29932 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
29933 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
29934 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
29935 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
29936 function keyword.
29937 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
29938 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
29939 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
29940 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
29941 if (a)
29942 begin
29943 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
29944 Indentation for case statements.
29945 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
29946 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
29947 mark after an end.
29948 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
29949 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
29950 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
29951 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
29952 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
29953 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
29954 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
29955 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
29956 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
29957 if (a)
29958 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
29959 otherwise you get:
29960 if (a)
29961 begin
29962 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
29963 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
29964 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
29965 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
29966 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
29967 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
29968 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
29969 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
29970 comments in tight quarters.
29971 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
29972 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
29974 Variables controlling other actions:
29976 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
29977 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
29978 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
29980 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
29982 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
29984 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
29985 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
29986 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
29988 Some other functions are:
29990 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
29991 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
29992 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
29993 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
29994 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
29996 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
29997 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
29998 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
29999 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30001 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30002 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30003 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30004 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30005 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30006 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
30007 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30008 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30009 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30010 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
30011 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-class] Insert an UVM Class block.
30012 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30013 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30014 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30015 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30016 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30017 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30018 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30019 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30020 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30021 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30022 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30023 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30024 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30025 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30026 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30027 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30028 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30029 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30030 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30032 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30033 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30035 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30037 \(fn)" t nil)
30039 ;;;***
30041 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (20892
30042 ;;;;;; 39729 858825 0))
30043 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30045 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30046 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30048 Usage:
30049 ------
30051 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30052 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30053 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30054 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30055 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30056 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30057 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30058 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30059 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
30061 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30062 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30063 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30064 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30066 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30067 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30068 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30069 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30070 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30072 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30073 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30076 HEADER INSERTION:
30077 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30078 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30079 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30082 STUTTERING:
30083 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30084 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30085 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30086 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30088 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30089 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30090 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30091 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30092 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
30095 WORD COMPLETION:
30096 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30097 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30098 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30099 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30101 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30102 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30103 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30104 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30105 beginning with \"std\").
30107 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30108 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30109 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30110 stop.
30113 COMMENTS:
30114 `--' puts a single comment.
30115 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30116 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30117 with a comment in between.
30118 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30119 out following lines.
30120 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30121 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
30122 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
30123 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
30125 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30126 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30127 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30128 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30129 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30130 non-nil.
30132 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30133 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30134 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30135 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30136 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30137 multi-line comments.
30140 INDENTATION:
30141 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30142 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30143 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30144 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30145 the entire region.
30147 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30148 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30149 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30150 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30152 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30153 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30154 and vice versa.
30156 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30157 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
30159 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30160 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30161 line.
30164 ALIGNMENT:
30165 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30166 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30167 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30168 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30169 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30170 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30171 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30172 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30174 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30175 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30176 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30177 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30178 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30179 is non-nil.
30181 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30182 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30183 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30185 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30186 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30189 CODE FILLING:
30190 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30191 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30192 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30193 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30194 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30195 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30198 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30199 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30200 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30201 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30202 command:
30204 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30207 PORT TRANSLATION:
30208 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30209 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30210 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30211 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30212 internal signal initializations (menu).
30214 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30215 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30216 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30218 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30219 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30220 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30221 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30222 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30223 in subsequent paste operations.)
30225 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30226 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30227 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30230 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30231 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30232 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30233 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30234 association list with formals).
30237 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30238 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30239 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30240 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30241 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30242 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30243 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30244 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30245 `vhdl-testbench'.
30248 KEY BINDINGS:
30249 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30252 VHDL MENU:
30253 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30256 FILE BROWSER:
30257 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30258 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30259 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30261 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30262 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30265 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30266 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30267 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30268 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30270 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30271 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30272 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30274 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30275 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30276 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30277 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30279 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30280 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30281 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30282 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30283 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30285 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30286 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30287 required by secondary units.
30290 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30291 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30292 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30293 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30294 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30295 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30296 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30297 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30298 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30299 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30300 inputs to this component -> input port created
30301 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30302 outputs from this component -> output port created
30303 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30304 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30306 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30307 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30308 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30309 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30310 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30312 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30313 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30315 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30316 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30317 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30318 component instantiation is also supported (option
30319 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30321 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30322 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30323 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30324 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30325 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30326 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30327 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30328 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30329 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30330 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30331 generating the configuration.
30333 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30334 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30335 configurations in speedbar.
30337 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30340 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30341 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30342 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30343 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30344 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30345 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30346 information. New compilers can be added.
30348 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30349 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30352 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30353 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30354 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30355 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30356 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30358 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30359 command:
30361 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30362 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30363 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30365 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30366 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30367 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
30368 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
30369 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30370 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
30371 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
30372 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
30373 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30375 Limitations:
30376 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30377 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30378 not (yet) supported.
30379 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30380 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30381 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30384 PROJECTS:
30385 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30386 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30387 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30388 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30389 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30390 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30391 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30392 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30394 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30395 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30396 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30397 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30398 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30399 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30400 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30401 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30402 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30403 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30404 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30407 SPECIAL MENUES:
30408 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30409 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30410 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30411 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30412 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
30413 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30414 current directory for VHDL source files.
30417 VHDL STANDARDS:
30418 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30419 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02), VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30422 KEYWORD CASE:
30423 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30424 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30425 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30426 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30427 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30428 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30429 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30430 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30433 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30434 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30435 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30436 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30437 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30438 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30439 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30441 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30442 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30443 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30444 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30445 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30446 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30448 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30449 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30450 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
30451 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30452 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30453 visually.
30455 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30456 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30457 highlighted if written in lower case.
30459 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30460 highlighted using a different background color if option
30461 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30463 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30464 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30465 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30466 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30467 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30470 USER MODELS:
30471 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30472 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30473 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30476 HIDE/SHOW:
30477 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30478 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30479 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30480 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30481 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30484 CODE UPDATING:
30485 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30486 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30487 Limitations:
30488 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30489 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30490 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30491 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30492 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30493 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30494 (used to obtain the port names).
30495 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
30496 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
30497 sensitivity lists.
30500 CODE FIXING:
30501 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30502 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30505 PRINTING:
30506 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30507 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30508 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30509 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30510 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30511 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30512 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30513 printers.
30516 OPTIONS:
30517 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30518 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30519 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30520 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30521 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30523 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30524 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30525 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30526 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30527 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30528 INSTALL file).
30530 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30531 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30534 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30535 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30536 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30537 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30539 (push '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)
30542 HINTS:
30543 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30544 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30546 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30548 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30550 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30553 RELEASE NOTES:
30554 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30557 Maintenance:
30558 ------------
30560 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30561 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30563 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30565 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30566 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30567 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30568 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30570 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30571 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30572 where the latest version can be found.
30575 Known problems:
30576 ---------------
30578 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30579 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30580 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
30581 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
30584 The VHDL Mode Authors
30585 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30587 Key bindings:
30588 -------------
30590 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30592 \(fn)" t nil)
30594 ;;;***
30596 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (20929 34089 117790
30597 ;;;;;; 0))
30598 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
30600 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
30601 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
30602 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
30603 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
30605 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
30606 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
30607 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
30608 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
30609 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
30611 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
30612 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
30614 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
30616 * Limitations and unsupported features
30617 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
30618 not supported.
30619 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
30620 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
30622 * Modifications
30623 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
30624 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
30625 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
30626 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
30627 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
30628 for undoing a repeated change command.
30629 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
30630 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
30631 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
30633 * Extensions
30634 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
30635 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
30636 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
30637 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
30638 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
30639 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
30640 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
30641 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
30643 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
30645 \(fn)" t nil)
30647 ;;;***
30649 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (20826
30650 ;;;;;; 45095 436233 0))
30651 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30653 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30654 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30656 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30658 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30659 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30660 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30661 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30663 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30665 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30666 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30668 \(fn)" t nil)
30670 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30671 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30672 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30673 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30675 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30677 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30678 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30680 \(fn)" t nil)
30682 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30685 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30687 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30690 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30692 ;;;***
30694 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (20999 25770 522517 0))
30695 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30697 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30698 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30699 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30701 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30703 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30704 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30705 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30706 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30708 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30710 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30711 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30713 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30715 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30716 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30717 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30718 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30719 moving around in the buffer.
30720 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30721 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30723 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30725 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30727 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30728 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30729 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30730 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30732 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30733 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30734 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30735 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30736 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30738 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30740 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30742 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30743 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30744 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30745 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30746 buffer.
30748 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30749 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30750 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30751 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30752 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30754 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30756 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30758 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30759 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30760 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30761 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30762 moving around in the buffer.
30763 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30764 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30766 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30768 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30769 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30770 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30772 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30773 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30774 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
30775 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30777 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30778 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30779 own View-like bindings.
30781 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30783 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30784 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30785 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30786 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30787 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30788 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30789 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30791 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30793 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30795 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30796 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30797 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30799 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30800 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30801 own View-like bindings.
30803 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30805 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30806 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30807 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30808 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30809 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30810 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30811 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30813 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30815 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30817 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30818 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30819 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30821 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30822 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30823 own View-like bindings.
30825 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30827 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
30828 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30829 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
30830 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
30831 if ARG is omitted or nil.
30833 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
30834 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
30835 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
30836 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
30838 \\<view-mode-map>
30840 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
30841 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
30842 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
30843 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
30844 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
30845 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
30846 to a repeat count of one.
30848 H, h, ? This message.
30849 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30850 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30851 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30852 > move to the end of buffer.
30853 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30854 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30855 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30856 DEL, S-SPC scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30857 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30858 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30859 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30860 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30861 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30862 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30863 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30864 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30865 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30866 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30867 Use this to view a changing file.
30868 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30869 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30870 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30871 . set the mark.
30872 x exchanges point and mark.
30873 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30874 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30875 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30876 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30877 ' go to position saved in character register.
30878 s do forward incremental search.
30879 r do reverse incremental search.
30880 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30881 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30882 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30883 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30884 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30885 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30886 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30887 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30888 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30889 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30890 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30891 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30892 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30893 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30894 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30895 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30896 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30898 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30899 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30900 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30901 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30902 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30903 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30904 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30905 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30906 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30908 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30910 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30912 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
30913 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
30914 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
30915 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
30916 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
30917 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
30918 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
30919 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
30920 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
30922 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
30924 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
30926 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
30927 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30928 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
30929 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
30930 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
30931 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
30933 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
30934 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
30935 called by `view-mode-exit'.
30937 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30939 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30941 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30943 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
30944 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30946 \(fn)" t nil)
30948 ;;;***
30950 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (20929 34089 117790
30951 ;;;;;; 0))
30952 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
30954 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
30955 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
30957 \(fn)" nil nil)
30959 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
30960 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
30962 \(fn)" t nil)
30964 ;;;***
30966 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (20954 37295 781599
30967 ;;;;;; 0))
30968 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30969 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
30970 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
30971 Toggle Viper on/off.
30972 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30974 \(fn)" t nil)
30976 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
30977 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
30979 \(fn)" t nil)
30981 ;;;***
30983 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (20709
30984 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
30985 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30987 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30988 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30989 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30990 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30991 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30992 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30993 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30994 the beginning of the warning.")
30996 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30997 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30998 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30999 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31000 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31001 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31002 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31003 also call that function before the next warning.")
31005 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31006 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31008 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
31009 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31010 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31011 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31013 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31014 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31015 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31016 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31017 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31018 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31020 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31021 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31022 Default is :warning.
31024 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31025 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31026 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31027 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31028 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31029 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31031 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31032 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31033 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31035 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31037 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31038 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31040 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31042 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31043 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31044 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31045 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31047 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31048 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31049 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31050 can be whatever you like.)
31052 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31053 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31055 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31056 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31057 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31058 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31059 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31061 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31063 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31064 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31065 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31066 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31067 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31069 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31071 ;;;***
31073 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (21049 14338 391345 0))
31074 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31075 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
31076 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31077 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
31078 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31079 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
31080 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
31081 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
31082 directories to reflect your edits.
31084 See `wdired-mode'.
31086 \(fn)" t nil)
31088 ;;;***
31090 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (20927 49244 970422
31091 ;;;;;; 0))
31092 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31094 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31095 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31097 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31098 hotlist.
31100 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31101 <nwv@acm.org>.
31103 \(fn)" t nil)
31105 ;;;***
31107 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (20895
31108 ;;;;;; 15912 444844 0))
31109 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31110 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31111 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31113 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
31115 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31116 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31117 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31118 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31119 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31120 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31122 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31124 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31125 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
31126 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
31127 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31128 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31130 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
31131 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
31132 in certain major modes.
31134 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31136 ;;;***
31138 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (20986 60038 720063
31139 ;;;;;; 0))
31140 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31141 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
31142 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31143 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
31144 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
31145 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31146 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31148 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31149 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31151 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31153 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31154 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
31155 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
31156 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31157 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31159 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31160 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31161 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31162 use `whitespace-mode'.
31164 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31166 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31168 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31169 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31170 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31171 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31172 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31173 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31175 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31177 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31178 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31179 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31180 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31181 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31183 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31184 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31186 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31188 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31189 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31190 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31191 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31192 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31193 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31195 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31197 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31198 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31199 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31200 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
31201 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31203 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31204 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31205 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31206 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31208 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31210 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31212 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31213 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31215 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31216 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31218 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31219 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31221 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31223 CHAR MEANING
31224 (VIA FACES)
31225 f toggle face visualization
31226 t toggle TAB visualization
31227 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31228 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31229 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31230 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31231 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31232 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31233 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31234 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31235 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31236 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31237 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31238 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31239 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31240 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31241 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31243 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31244 T toggle TAB visualization
31245 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31246 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31248 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31249 ? display brief help
31251 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31252 The valid symbols are:
31254 face toggle face visualization
31255 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31256 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31257 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31258 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31259 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31260 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31261 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31262 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31263 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31264 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31265 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31266 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31267 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31268 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31269 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31270 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31272 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31273 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31274 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31276 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31278 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31280 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31282 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31283 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31285 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31286 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31288 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31289 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31291 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31293 CHAR MEANING
31294 (VIA FACES)
31295 f toggle face visualization
31296 t toggle TAB visualization
31297 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31298 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31299 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31300 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31301 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31302 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31303 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31304 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31305 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31306 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31307 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31308 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31309 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31310 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31311 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31313 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31314 T toggle TAB visualization
31315 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31316 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31318 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31319 ? display brief help
31321 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31322 The valid symbols are:
31324 face toggle face visualization
31325 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31326 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31327 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31328 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31329 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31330 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31331 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31332 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31333 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31334 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31335 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31336 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31337 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31338 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31339 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31340 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31342 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31343 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31344 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31346 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31348 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31350 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31352 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31353 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31355 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31356 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31357 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31358 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31359 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31361 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31363 The problems cleaned up are:
31365 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31366 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31367 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31368 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31370 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31371 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31372 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31373 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31374 SPACEs.
31375 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31376 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31377 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31378 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31380 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31381 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31382 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31383 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31384 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31385 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31386 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31387 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31389 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31390 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31391 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31393 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31394 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31395 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31396 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31397 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31398 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31399 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31400 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31402 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31403 documentation.
31405 \(fn)" t nil)
31407 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31408 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31410 The problems cleaned up are:
31412 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31413 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31414 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31415 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31416 SPACEs.
31417 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31418 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31419 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31420 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31422 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31423 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31424 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31425 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31426 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31427 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31428 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31429 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31431 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31432 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31433 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31435 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31436 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31437 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31438 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31439 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31440 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31441 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31442 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31444 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31445 documentation.
31447 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31449 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31450 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31452 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31453 non-nil.
31455 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31456 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
31457 `whitespace-style' to have:
31459 empty
31460 trailing
31461 indentation
31462 space-before-tab
31463 space-after-tab
31465 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31466 whitespace problems in buffer.
31468 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31470 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31471 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31472 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31473 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31474 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31475 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31476 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31478 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31479 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31480 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31481 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31482 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31483 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31484 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31486 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31487 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31488 cleaning up these problems.
31490 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31492 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31493 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31495 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31496 non-nil.
31498 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31499 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31500 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31502 empty
31503 indentation
31504 space-before-tab
31505 trailing
31506 space-after-tab
31508 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31509 whitespace problems in buffer.
31511 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31513 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31514 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31515 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31516 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31517 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31518 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31519 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31521 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31522 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31523 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31524 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31525 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31526 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31527 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31529 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31530 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31531 cleaning up these problems.
31533 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31535 ;;;***
31537 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (20709 26818 907104
31538 ;;;;;; 0))
31539 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31541 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31542 Browse the widget under point.
31544 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31546 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31547 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31549 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31551 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31552 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31554 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31556 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31557 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
31558 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
31559 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
31560 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31562 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31564 ;;;***
31566 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (20959 55207 940876
31567 ;;;;;; 0))
31568 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31570 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31571 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31573 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31575 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31576 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31577 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31579 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31581 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31582 Create widget of TYPE.
31583 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31585 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31587 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31588 Delete WIDGET.
31590 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31592 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31593 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31595 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31597 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31598 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31599 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31600 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31602 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31603 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31605 \(fn)" nil nil)
31607 ;;;***
31609 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (20709 26818 907104
31610 ;;;;;; 0))
31611 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31613 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31614 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31615 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31616 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31617 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31618 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31619 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31621 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31623 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31624 Select the window above the current one.
31625 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31626 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31627 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31628 negative ARG) of the current window.
31629 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31631 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31633 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31634 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31635 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31636 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31637 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31638 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31639 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31641 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31643 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31644 Select the window below the current one.
31645 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31646 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31647 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31648 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31649 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31651 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31653 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31654 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31655 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31656 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31658 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31660 ;;;***
31662 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (20992 52525 458637 0))
31663 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31665 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31666 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
31667 See the command `winner-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31668 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31669 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31670 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
31672 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31674 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31675 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
31676 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
31677 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31678 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
31679 \\{winner-mode-map}
31681 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31683 ;;;***
31685 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (20999 25770 522517 0))
31686 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31687 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
31688 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31689 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31690 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31691 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31692 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31694 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31696 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31697 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31698 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31699 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31700 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31701 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31702 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31703 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31705 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31706 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31708 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31710 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31711 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31713 \(fn)" t nil)
31715 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31716 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31717 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31718 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31719 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31720 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31721 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31722 `woman' command for further details.
31724 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31726 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
31727 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
31729 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
31731 ;;;***
31733 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el" (21040 17194
31734 ;;;;;; 398147 0))
31735 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
31736 (push (purecopy '(ws-mode 0 7)) package--builtin-versions)
31737 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
31738 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
31740 BUGS:
31741 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
31742 are not implemented
31743 - Options for search and replace
31744 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
31745 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
31747 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
31748 Emacs-like.
31750 \(fn)" t nil)
31752 ;;;***
31754 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (21002 1963 769129 0))
31755 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31757 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31758 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31759 Return the top node with all its children.
31760 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31762 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31763 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31764 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31766 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31768 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31769 namespace to URIs instead.
31771 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31772 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31774 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31776 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31778 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31780 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31781 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31782 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
31783 not contain well-formed XML.
31785 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
31786 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
31787 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31788 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
31789 element of the list.
31790 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31791 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31792 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31794 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31796 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31797 namespace to URIs instead.
31799 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31800 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31802 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31804 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31806 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31808 ;;;***
31810 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (20998 4934 952905
31811 ;;;;;; 0))
31812 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
31814 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
31815 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
31816 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
31817 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
31818 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
31819 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
31820 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
31821 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
31822 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
31823 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
31825 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
31827 ;;;***
31829 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (20797 44848 327754
31830 ;;;;;; 0))
31831 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31833 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31834 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31835 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31836 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31837 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31838 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31840 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
31842 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
31843 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31844 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
31845 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31846 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31848 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31849 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
31850 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
31851 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
31852 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31853 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31855 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31857 ;;;***
31859 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "gnus/yenc.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
31860 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
31862 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
31863 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31865 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31867 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
31868 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31870 \(fn)" nil nil)
31872 ;;;***
31874 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (20992 52525 458637 0))
31875 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31877 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
31878 Zone out, completely.
31880 \(fn)" t nil)
31882 ;;;***
31884 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
31885 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
31886 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
31887 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
31888 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
31889 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
31890 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-loaddefs.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
31891 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
31892 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el"
31893 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el"
31894 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el"
31895 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el"
31896 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
31897 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
31898 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
31899 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
31900 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
31901 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
31902 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
31903 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el"
31904 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
31905 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el"
31906 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" "cedet/ede/custom.el"
31907 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/emacs.el" "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el"
31908 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el"
31909 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el"
31910 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el"
31911 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el"
31912 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el"
31913 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el"
31914 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el"
31915 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el"
31916 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
31917 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
31918 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
31919 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el"
31920 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el"
31921 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el"
31922 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el"
31923 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" "cedet/semantic/chart.el"
31924 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el"
31925 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el" "cedet/semantic/db-el.el"
31926 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el" "cedet/semantic/db-global.el"
31927 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el" "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el"
31928 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
31929 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
31930 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
31931 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
31932 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
31933 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
31934 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
31935 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
31936 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el"
31937 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el"
31938 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el"
31939 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
31940 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
31941 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
31942 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
31943 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
31944 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
31945 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
31946 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
31947 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
31948 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
31949 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
31950 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
31951 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
31952 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
31953 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
31954 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el"
31955 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/semantic.el" "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el"
31956 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/table.el" "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el"
31957 ;;;;;; "cus-dep.el" "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dos-fns.el"
31958 ;;;;;; "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
31959 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el"
31960 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
31961 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el"
31962 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
31963 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el"
31964 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/package-x.el" "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
31965 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el"
31966 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el"
31967 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
31968 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
31969 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
31970 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el"
31971 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
31972 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
31973 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
31974 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
31975 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-tramp.el"
31976 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
31977 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el"
31978 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
31979 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
31980 ;;;;;; "ezimage.el" "format-spec.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el"
31981 ;;;;;; "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
31982 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el"
31983 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el"
31984 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
31985 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
31986 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
31987 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
31988 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el"
31989 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el"
31990 ;;;;;; "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-archive.el"
31991 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el"
31992 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/nnagent.el"
31993 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
31994 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el"
31995 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
31996 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el" "gnus/nnrss.el"
31997 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnweb.el"
31998 ;;;;;; "gnus/registry.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el"
31999 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
32000 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el"
32001 ;;;;;; "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el" "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el"
32002 ;;;;;; "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32003 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
32004 ;;;;;; "international/uni-category.el" "international/uni-combining.el"
32005 ;;;;;; "international/uni-comment.el" "international/uni-decimal.el"
32006 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decomposition.el" "international/uni-digit.el"
32007 ;;;;;; "international/uni-lowercase.el" "international/uni-mirrored.el"
32008 ;;;;;; "international/uni-name.el" "international/uni-numeric.el"
32009 ;;;;;; "international/uni-old-name.el" "international/uni-titlecase.el"
32010 ;;;;;; "international/uni-uppercase.el" "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el"
32011 ;;;;;; "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
32012 ;;;;;; "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el"
32013 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/rmailedit.el"
32014 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el" "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el"
32015 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailsum.el" "mail/undigest.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el"
32016 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el"
32017 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el"
32018 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32019 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32020 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32021 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32022 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el"
32023 ;;;;;; "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
32024 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
32025 ;;;;;; "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el"
32026 ;;;;;; "net/mairix.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl.el"
32027 ;;;;;; "net/shr-color.el" "net/soap-client.el" "net/soap-inspect.el"
32028 ;;;;;; "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-adb.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
32029 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el"
32030 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "net/tramp-sh.el"
32031 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
32032 ;;;;;; "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
32033 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
32034 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
32035 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
32036 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
32037 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el"
32038 ;;;;;; "org/ob-awk.el" "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el"
32039 ;;;;;; "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el"
32040 ;;;;;; "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el" "org/ob-gnuplot.el"
32041 ;;;;;; "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el" "org/ob-js.el"
32042 ;;;;;; "org/ob-keys.el" "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el" "org/ob-lilypond.el"
32043 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-maxima.el"
32044 ;;;;;; "org/ob-mscgen.el" "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el" "org/ob-org.el"
32045 ;;;;;; "org/ob-perl.el" "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el"
32046 ;;;;;; "org/ob-python.el" "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el"
32047 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scala.el" "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el"
32048 ;;;;;; "org/ob-shen.el" "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el"
32049 ;;;;;; "org/ob-tangle.el" "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-ascii.el"
32050 ;;;;;; "org/org-attach.el" "org/org-bbdb.el" "org/org-bibtex.el"
32051 ;;;;;; "org/org-clock.el" "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-ctags.el"
32052 ;;;;;; "org/org-datetree.el" "org/org-docbook.el" "org/org-docview.el"
32053 ;;;;;; "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el" "org/org-eshell.el"
32054 ;;;;;; "org/org-exp-blocks.el" "org/org-exp.el" "org/org-faces.el"
32055 ;;;;;; "org/org-feed.el" "org/org-footnote.el" "org/org-freemind.el"
32056 ;;;;;; "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-html.el" "org/org-icalendar.el"
32057 ;;;;;; "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el"
32058 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-jsinfo.el"
32059 ;;;;;; "org/org-latex.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-loaddefs.el"
32060 ;;;;;; "org/org-lparse.el" "org/org-mac-message.el" "org/org-macs.el"
32061 ;;;;;; "org/org-mew.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mks.el" "org/org-mobile.el"
32062 ;;;;;; "org/org-mouse.el" "org/org-odt.el" "org/org-pcomplete.el"
32063 ;;;;;; "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el" "org/org-publish.el"
32064 ;;;;;; "org/org-remember.el" "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-special-blocks.el"
32065 ;;;;;; "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-taskjuggler.el"
32066 ;;;;;; "org/org-timer.el" "org/org-vm.el" "org/org-w3m.el" "org/org-wl.el"
32067 ;;;;;; "org/org-xoxo.el" "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
32068 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
32069 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
32070 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
32071 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
32072 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
32073 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
32074 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el"
32075 ;;;;;; "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el" "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el"
32076 ;;;;;; "scroll-bar.el" "select.el" "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el"
32077 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
32078 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
32079 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
32080 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el"
32081 ;;;;;; "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el"
32082 ;;;;;; "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-domsuf.el"
32083 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-future.el"
32084 ;;;;;; "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
32085 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el"
32086 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el" "vc/ediff-ptch.el"
32087 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el" "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el"
32088 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el" "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el"
32089 ;;;;;; "vt100-led.el" "w32-common-fns.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el"
32090 ;;;;;; "x-dnd.el") (21066 41280 469799 289000))
32092 ;;;***
32094 (provide 'loaddefs)
32095 ;; Local Variables:
32096 ;; version-control: never
32097 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32098 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32099 ;; coding: utf-8
32100 ;; End:
32101 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here